Text from the manufacturer’s manual
Disclaimer
The information in this manual is accurate and reliable during its release. Shanghai AMP&MOONS’ Automation Co., Ltd. has the right to change the product specifications described in this manual without notice.
Right of Trade Mark
All proprietary names mentioned in this manual are trademarks of their respective owners.
Customer Service
Shanghai AMP&MOONS’ Automation Co., Ltd. undertakes to provide quality customer service and support for all our products. Our goal is to provide timely and reliable information and resources. For quick service, we recommend that you contact your local sales representative to consult on ordering status and logistics information, product information and documentation, and on-site technical support and applications, etc. If you cannot contact your sales representative for special reasons, please use the following relevant contact information:
Preface
User Manual
Thank you for purchasing MOONS' servo products. This manual introduces the use of the EtherCAT communication function of the MDX+ series servo motors that support EtherCAT bus communication. For other functions, hardware wiring methods, operating parameter setting methods, etc., please refer to the MDX+ EtherCAT Low Voltage Servo System User Manual.
This manual is intended for people who design FA systems, debug FA equipment, and maintain FA equipment.
For users who use this product for the first time, please read this manual carefully. If you have any questions about the use of EtherCAT communication, please consult our company's technical support staff for help.
Our company is committed to the continuous improvement of servo products, and the contents of this manual are often changed; if you need the latest version of the manual, please download it from the official website or ask for it from relevant personnel.
Version Information
| Version | Time | Update Information |
|---|---|---|
| 1.0 | 2023.03 | First Edition |
1 Introduction to EtherCAT
1.1 Overview of EtherCAT
EtherCAT (Ethernet Control Automation Technology) is a high-speed real-time industrial Ethernet technology developed by Beckhoff, Germany. It uses the standard Fast Ethernet physical layer and has the characteristics of high speed, high efficiency, good synchronization performance, and low hardware cost. It adopts a bus topology that improves wiring efficiency and supports topologies including linear, tree, star or any combination. The number of connected devices can be up to 65535.
EtherCAT® is a registered trademark and patented technology, authorized by Beckhoff Automation Co., Ltd., Germany.
1.2 Introduction to EtherCAT Communication Protocol
EtherCAT is an optimized protocol for process data, which embeds valid data directly into standard Ethernet frames for transmission. During the startup process, the master device configures and maps process data on the slave. The EtherCAT frame consists of an EtherCAT frame header and one or more EtherCAT sub-messages. The EtherCAT frame header indicates the type of data that the master device wants to access:
- Read, Write, Read/Write
- Access a specific slave device through direct addressing, or access multiple slave devices through logical addressing
1.3 EtherCAT Technical Terminology
The following are the terms used in EtherCAT.
| Abbreviation | Description |
|---|---|
| 100Base-Tx | 100MBit/s twisted pair Ethernet |
| AL | Application Layer |
| CAN | Controller Area Network |
| EtherCAT | EtherCAT application layer protocol |
| CoE | CANopen over EtherCAT |
| CiA | CAN in Automation |
| DC | Distributed Clock, synchronizes EtherCAT master and slaves |
| DL | Data Link Layer |
| EMCY | Emergency Object |
| ESC | EtherCAT Slave Controller |
| ESI | EtherCAT Slave Information |
| ESM | EtherCAT Network State Machine |
| ETG | EtherCAT Protocol Group |
| INIT | EtherCAT State Machine: Initialization State |
| OP | EtherCAT State Machine: Operation State |
| OD | Object Dictionary |
| PDO | Process Data |
| PDS | Power Drive Systems |
| PREOP | EtherCAT State Machine: Pre-Operation State |
| RxPDO | Receive PDO |
| SAFEOP | EtherCAT State Machine: Safe Operation State |
| SDO | Service Data |
| TxPDO | Send PDO |
| XML | Extensible Markup Language - for ESI files |
2 Product Introduction
2.1 EtherCAT communication specifications
| Communication standard | IEC 61158 Type12,IEC 61800-7 CiA402 Drive Profile |
|---|---|
| Physical layer | 100Base -Tx |
| Communication port | RJ45 x 2(intpu: IN, output: OUT) M12(M8 ) x 2(intpu: IN, output: OUT) |
| Communication rate | 2 x 100 Mbps(full duplex) |
| Communication cable | Shielded twisted pair CAT5e (straight-through/crossover) |
| Transmission distance | Maximum 100m (between nodes)/daisy chain |
| Synchronization manager | SM0: Output mailbox SM1: Input mailbox SM2: Output process data SM3: Input process data |
| FMMU | FMMU0: Mapped to process data (RxPDO) receiving area FMMU1: Mapped to process data (TxPDO) sending area FMMU2: Mapped to mailbox status |
| Application layer protocol | CoE: CANopen over EtherCAT VoE: Vender access over EtherCAT * |
| Synchronous mode | Free Run SM Event DC SYNC Event |
| Communication object | DC SYNC Event SDO: Non-periodic data PDO: Periodic data EMCY: Emergency event |
| LED indicator | EtherCAT RUN x 1 EtherCAT ERR x 1 EtherCAT Link/Activity x 2 |
| Working mode | Profile Position Mode(PP) Profile Velocity Mode(PV) Profile Torque Mode(TQ) Homing Mode(HM) Cycle Synchronized Position Mode(CSP) Cycle Synchronized Velocity Mode(CSV) Cycle Synchronized Torque Mode(CST) |
*: Supports firmware update on EtherCAT bus
2.2 Servo System Configuration
2.2.1 IP65 Type System Configuration
• □40mm Motor
- USB Configuration Cable(Optional) P/N: 2620-150
- USB Communication (software configuration)
- AC Power
- Communication Cable (Optional) P/N: 2664-X00(Right Angle) P/N: 2663-X00(Straight ) P/N: 2665-X00(RJ Straight )
- EtherCAT Controller
- 24VDC Power Supply
- EtherCAT connect to
- another device
- USB
- (OUT)
- COM2
- Status Run/Err L/A1 L/A2
- I/O
- Regeneration
- I/O Cable(Optional) P/N: 1637-X00(Right Angle) P/N: 1638-X00(Straight )
- Clamp
- COM1
- Ordering Information P/N: RC880
- PLC,Sensor,I/O
- POWER
- (IN)
- Power Cable(Optional) P/N: 1636-X00(Right Angle) P/N: 1639-X00(Straight )
- AC Power
- AUX Power 24VDC (The motor with brake must be connected to an auxiliary power supply)
- 24VDC Power Supply
• □60mm Motor
- AUX Power 24VDC (The motor with brake must be connected to an auxiliary power supply)
- AC Power
- Power Cable P/N: 1636-X00 (Right Angle) P/N: 1639-X00 (Straight )
- 24VDC Power Supply
- Communication Cable P/N: 2647-X00 (Right Angle) P/N: 2648-X00 (Straight ) P/N: 2646-X00 (RJ Straight )
- EtherCAT Controller
- EtherCAT connect to
- another device
- Regeneration
- Clamp
- Ordering Information P/N: RC880
- USB
- USB Configuration Cable P/N: 2620-150
- USB Communication (software configuration)
- 48VDC Power Supply
- I/O Cable P/N: 1637-X00 (Right Angle) P/N: 1638-X00 (Straight )
- AC Power
- PLC, Sensor, I/O
• □80mm Motor
- Communication Cable P/N: 2647-X00 (Right Angle) P/N: 2648-X00 (Straight ) P/N: 2646-X00 (RJ Straight )
- USB Communication (software configuration)
- EtherCAT Controller
- USB Configuration Cable P/N: 2620-150
- EtherCAT connect to
- another device
- (OUT)
- AC Power
- COM2
- POWER
- 24VDC Power Supply
- Power Cable P/N: 1665-X00 (Straight ) AUX Power 24VDC (The motor with brake must be connected to an auxiliary power supply)
- COM1
- (IN)
- Ordering Information P/N: RC4080 Regeneration
- Clamp
- I/O Cable P/N: 1637-X00(Right Angle) P/N: 1638-X00(Straight )
- 48VDC Power Supply
- PLC, Sensor, I/O
- AC Power
2.3 Network Connection
2.3.1 Drive Connection Instructions
An EtherCAT network typically consists of one master device and multiple slave devices. The connection method for slave devices depends on the master device. The servo drive provides a set of ports (input and output) for EtherCAT communication.
Notes:
1. When routing the EtherCAT servo drive network cables, they should be kept separate from other cables, especially high-voltage lines, and kept as far away as possible from sources of interference.
2. It is recommended to use twisted-pair network cables for the EtherCAT servo drive network to improve resistance to high-frequency magnetic field noise interference. This also helps reduce the radiation emitted by the cables.
2.3.2 EtherCAT Communication Port Definition
• IP65 Type
| PIN NO. | Signal Name | |
|---|---|---|
| 40mm | 60/80mm | |
| 1 | TX+ | TX+ |
| 2 | RX+ | RX+ |
| 3 | RX- | TX- |
| 4 | TX- | RX- |
2.3.3 Communication Cable Specification
EtherCAT network connections use Cat 5e or higher grade cables, either straight-through or crossover Ethernet cables.
2.3.4 LED Indicators
The LED indicators are used to show the EtherCAT communication status.
| LED | Color | Status | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| Link/Activity | Green | OFF | No connection |
| ON | Connected, no data transmission | ||
| Flashing(Fast) | Connected, data transmission in progress | ||
| RUN | Green | OFF | Initialization state |
| ON | Operational state | ||
| Flashing | Pre-operational state | ||
| Single Flash | Safe operational state | ||
| ERR | Red | OFF | No error |
| Flashing | Communication error | ||
| Single Flash | Synchronization error | ||
| Double Flash | Watchdog timeout | ||
| Flashing(Fast) | Initialization error |
Notes:
3 EtherCAT communication basics
3.1 CANopen over EtherCAT reference model
The CANopen over EtherCAT (CoE) network reference model mainly consists of two parts: the data link layer and the application layer. The data link layer is mainly responsible for the EtherCAT communication protocol, and the application layer embeds the CiA402 motion control protocol. The EtherCAT device CoE network reference model is as follows:
- EtherCAT Device
- CANopen Application
- Application layer
- Process Data
- PDO Mapping
- Service Data Objects
- CoE CoE
- Mailbox
- Process Data
- Data link layer
- EtherCAT Slave Controller
- Physical layer
- Ethernet Physical Layer
The application layer object dictionary contains parameters, application data, process data interface, and PDO mapping information between driver applications. The process data object is composed of the mapping object dictionary in PDO, and the content of the process data is defined by the PDO mapping; process data communication will read and write PDO cyclically; mailbox communication (SDO) is an asynchronous information communication that can read and write all object dictionaries.
3.2 EtherCAT frame structure
In the EtherCAT network, the data communicated between the master and slave devices is directly embedded in the standard Ethernet for transmission; because the EtherType of the Ethernet Header is 0x88A4, the subsequent Ethernet Data is processed as an EtherCAT frame. The EtherCAT frame contains an EtherCAT frame header and one or more EtherCAT sub-messages. Only EtherCAT frames with EtherCAT frame header Type=1 are processed according to ESC.
- 1
- Multiple EtherCAT Sub-frames
- Position Addressing
- Node Addressing
- Logical Addressing
Note: Cmd
| Addressing method | Cmd | Abbreviation | Name | Description |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| —— | 00h | NOP | No operation | Do not perform any operation |
| Position Addressing | 01h | APRD | Auto increment physical read | Each slave increments the Address, and when receiving a frame whose Address value is 0, performs a read operation |
| 02h | APWR | Auto increment physical write | Each slave increments the Address, and when receiving a frame whose Address value is 0, performs a write operation | |
| 03h | APRW | Auto increment physical read write | Each slave increments the Address, and when receiving a frame whose Address value is 0, performs read and write operations | |
| Node Addressing | 04h | FPRD | Configred address physical read | When the Address value of each slave is consistent with the Station Address, perform a read operation |
| 05h | FPWR | Configred address physical write | When the Address value of each slave is consistent with the Station Address, perform a write operation | |
| 06h | FPRW | Configred address physical read write | When the Address value of each slave is consistent with the Station Address, perform read and write operations | |
| —— | 07h | BRD | Broadcast read | All slaves perform a read operation |
| 08h | BWR | Broadcast write | All slaves perform a write operation | |
| 09h | BRW | Broadcast read write | All slaves perform a read and write operation | |
| Logical Addressing | 0Ah | LRD | Logical read | When the Logical Address value of each slave is consistent with the logical memory area specified by the FMMU request, perform a read operation |
| 0Bh | LWR | Logical write | When the Logical Address value of each slave is consistent with the logical memory area specified by the FMMU request, perform a write operation | |
| 0Ch | LRW | Logical read write | When the Logical Address value of each slave is consistent with the logical memory area specified by the FMMU request, Execute read and write actions | |
| Position Addressing | 0Dh | ARMW | Positional physical read/ multiple write | Each slave increments the address. The slave that receives the frame with the address value of 0 executes the read action, and the other slaves execute the write action. |
| Node Addressing | 0Eh | FRMW | Configured address physical read/multiple write | Each slave executes the address read action and compares it with the value of Station Address. The consistent slave executes the read action, and the other slaves execute the write action. |
| —— | 0Fh~FFh | —— | Reserved | —— |
3.3 EtherCAT State Machine
The EtherCAT state machine is used to describe the state and state switching of the slave application. The state machine of the EtherCAT slave application is controlled by the EtherCAT master. The slave initialization to the running state follows the rules from the pre-running state to the safe running state and then to the running state. The running state can be directly switched to various other states.
- EtherCAT State Machine
| ESM State | Communication Action | Description | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SDO(Mailbox) | PDO Send | PDO Receive | ||
| Send & Receive | Slave to Master | Master to Slave | ||
| Initialization | Not Supported | Not Supported | Not Supported | The communication system is still setting up; no data transmission is allowed. |
| Pre-operational | Supported | Not Supported | Not Supported | Only SDO communication is allowed for configuration and network initialization. |
| Safe- operational | Supported | Supported | Not Supported | The slave can send PDO to provide status updates but cannot receive data. |
| Operational | Supported | Supported | Supported | All types of communication are supported and the system is fully functional. |
| Boot Mode | Not Supported | Not Supported | Not Supported | No communication is allowed; this state is used for device recovery or initialization. |
3.4 PDO process data
Periodic process data (PDO) is used for periodic data exchange between the master and slave devices. PDO includes RxPDO for the driver to receive data from the controller and TxPDO for the driver to send data to the controller. The content of process data is recorded in PDO mapping object and PDO allocation object. The servo drive uses synchronization manager SM2 (0x1C12) to map RxPDO data and synchronization manager SM3 (0x1C13) to map TxPDO data.
- RxPDO
- Action Command or Target Value, etc.
- EtherCAT
- MDX+ Servo Motor
- Controller
- Action Status or Current Value, etc. TxPDO
Note: Objects updated via PDO should not be updated via SDO.
3.4.1 PDO Mapping Object
PDO Mapping refers to the mapping of application objects from the object dictionary to the PDO (Process Data Object). The mapping objects 0x1600~0x1603 and 0x1A00~0x1A03 are used to store the mapping tables for RxPDO and TxPDO. The number of application objects that can be mapped in the PDO mapping objects is limited. Here is a general breakdown of the maximum number of mappable application objects for the respective mapping objects:
| Max. PDO Data Length | For 1 RxPDO, it can carry data for up to 12 application objects. The total maximum length for the data in 4 RxPDO is 68 bytes. |
|---|---|
| For 1 TxPDO, it can carry data for up to 12 application objects. The total maximum length for the data in 4 TxPDO is 68 bytes. |
PDO mapping example: Assign application objects 0x603F, 0x6041, 0x6061, 0x6064, 0x60B9h, 0x60BA to mapping object 0x1A00 (TxPDO1)
| Mapping Object | Description | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Index | Sub-index | Index | Sub-index | Data Length |
| 0x1A00 | 0 | 0x06 | ||
| 1 | 0x603F | 0x00 | 0x10 | |
| 2 | 0x6041 | 0x00 | 0x10 | |
| 3 | 0x6061 | 0x00 | 0x08 | |
| 4 | 0x6064 | 0x00 | 0x20 | |
| 5 | 0x60B9 | 0x00 | 0x10 | |
| 6 | 0x60BA | 0x00 | 0x20 | |
- 0x603F maps to the 0x603F entry in TxPDO 1.
- 0x6041 maps to the 0x6041 entry in TxPDO 1.
- 0x6061 maps to the 0x6061 entry in TxPDO 1.
- 0x6064 maps to the 0x6064 entry in TxPDO 1.
- 0x60B9 maps to the 0x60B9 entry in TxPDO 1.
- 0x60BA maps to the 0x60BA entry in TxPDO 1.
Note: 1. Changing the PDO mapping object is only valid when the EtherCAT communication status is in the pre-operation status.
2. Since the changed content cannot be saved in the non-volatile memory, please be sure to reconfigure the mapping object every time the drive is powered on, otherwise the mapping object will be the default parameter of the drive.
3.4.2 PDO allocation object
The synchronization manager can be composed of multiple PDOs. The synchronization manager PDO allocation object describes the relationship between PDO and synchronization manager. MDX+ series low-voltage servo EtherCAT motors use synchronization manager SM2 (0x1C12) to map RxPDO data and synchronization manager SM3 (0x1C13) to map TxPDO data.
The maximum number of mapping objects that can be allocated by an allocation object is as follows:
| Max Number of PDO Mapping Objects | RxPDO:4 |
|---|---|
| TxPDO:4 |
Example of setting the sync manager PDO allocation object: Assign mapping objects 0x1A00, 0x1A01, 0x1A02, 0x1A03 to allocation object 0x1C13 (SM3)
| Allocation Object | Description | |
|---|---|---|
| Index | Sub-index | |
| 0x1C13 | 0 | 0x04 |
| 1 | 0x1A00 | |
| 2 | 0x1A01 | |
| 3 | 0x1A02 | |
| 4 | 0x1A03 | |
- 0x1A00 maps to TxPDO 1 in SM3.
- 0x1A01 maps to TxPDO 2 in SM3.
- 0x1A02 maps to TxPDO 3 in SM3.
- 0x1A03 maps to TxPDO 4 in SM3.
Note:
1. Changing the PDO mapping object is only valid when the EtherCAT communication status is in the pre-operation status.
2. Since the changed content cannot be saved in the non-volatile memory, please be sure to reconfigure the mapping object every time the drive is powered on, otherwise the mapping object will be the default parameter of the drive.
3.4.3 PDO mapping operation steps
The operation steps for setting PDO mapping using SDO mailbox data are as follows:
Step 1: Transfer the EMS state to the pre-operation state
Step 2: Stop the PDO allocation function
Set the sub-index 0 of 0x1C12 and 0x1C13 to 0
Step 3: Stop the PDO mapping function
Set all sub-index 0 of 0x1600~0x1603 and 0x1A00~0x1A03 to 0
Step 4: Set the mapping entry of PDO mapping objects 0x1600~0x1603 and 0x1A00~0x1A03
Step 5: Set the value of the mapping entry (sub-index 0) of PDO mapping objects 0x1600~0x1603 and 0x1A00~0x1A03
Step 6: Set the mapping entry of PDO allocation objects 0x1C12 and 0x1C13
Step 7: Re-enable the PDO allocation function
Set the values of the mapping entries 0x1C12 and 0x1C13 (sub-index 0)
3.5 SDO Mailbox Data
SDO data is non-periodic communication data. The master station realizes non-periodic data interaction by reading and writing mailbox data SM channel; the master station can perform object setting or status monitoring by reading and writing data in the records in the object dictionary.
The abnormal termination code when SDO communication is abnormal is as follows:
| Hex Value | Description | Hex Value | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 05030000 | No change in trigger bit | 06070010 | Data type mismatch, service parameter length mismatch |
| 05040000 | SDO protocol timeout | 06070012 | Data type mismatch, service parameter length too long |
| 05040001 | Invalid/Unknown client/server command specifier | 06070013 | Data type mismatch, service parameter length too short |
| 05040005 | Out of storage range | 06090011 | Sub-index does not exist |
| 06010000 | Unsupported access to object | 06090030 | Parameter value exceeds specified range (write access only) |
| 06010001 | Read access to write-only object | 06090031 | Written parameter value too large |
| 06010002 | Write access to read-only object | 06090032 | Written parameter value too small |
| 06010003 | Unable to write sub-index due to missing zero in sub-index 0 | 06090036 | Max value is less than min value |
| 06020000 | Object not found in object dictionary | 08000000 | General error |
| 06040041 | Object cannot be mapped to PDO | 08000020 | Data cannot be transferred/stored in the application |
| 06040042 | Mapped object count and length exceed PDO length | 08000021 | Data cannot be transferred/stored in the application due to local control |
| 06040043 | Parameter mismatch | 08000022 | Data cannot be transferred/stored in the application due to current device status |
| 06040047 | Internal device mismatch | 08000023 | Object dictionary generation failed/object dictionary does not exist |
| 06060000 | Object access failed due to hardware error |
3.6 Emergency message EMCY
When an abnormal alarm occurs in the slave device, the emergency message is fed back to the master station through the Mailbox communication.
The structure of the emergency message is as follows:
| Standard Data Frame Header | Standard EtherCAT EMCY Message | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Mailbox Header | CoE Header | ErrorCoder | Error Register | Data |
| 6 bytes | 2 bytes | 2 bytes | 1 byte | 5 bytes |
| Byte | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Data | Emergency ErrorCode | Error Register | Reserved | Manufacturer Specific Error Field | ||||
| 0x1001 | Fault/Warning Code | Reserved | ||||||
3.7 Distributed Clock
The clock of the first node in the EtherCAT network serves as the reference clock of the entire network, providing the system time for the network, and the distributed clocks of the slave devices are synchronized with this reference clock. Through the distributed clock, the local application of the slave can be synchronized with the synchronization event of the reference clock.
The MDX+ series low-voltage servo EtherCAT motor supports the following synchronization modes.
| Mode | Content | Synchronization Method | Features |
|---|---|---|---|
| FreeRun | Asynchronous | Asynchronous | Simple processing, poor real-time performance |
| SM | SM2 Event | Synchronized based on the reception time of RxPDO | Poor precision, no transmission delay compensation, requires maintaining transmission time on the drive side |
| DC | SYNC0 Time Event | The time of the first node serves as the reference to synchronize the time of other nodes | High precision, requires compensation processing on the master side |
- possible frame jitter (~μs) due to EtherCAT Master Implementation
- EtherCAT frame (jitter: ~μs)
- EtherCAT frame EtherCAT frame EtherCAT frame
- DC Sync Event
- DC Sync Event DC Sync Event
- DC Event (jitter: ~ns)
- Slave Task
- Slave Task Slave Task
• Free Run Mode (FreeRun)
The master and slave are in an asynchronous relationship, and each has a clock that calculates time independently.
• SM Event Synchronization Mode (SM)
The slave is synchronized with the SM2 event. Once the EtherCAT data frame is received, the SM event will be triggered.
• DC Synchronization Mode (SYNC0 Synchronization)
The master is synchronized with all slaves, and the slaves will receive the data transmitted by the master at the same time interval. Synchronization cycle setting range: 500μs, 1~8ms (interval 500μs)
3.8 EtherCAT slave address setting
In the EtherCAT network, the node address of the MDX+ series low-voltage servo motor can be set by automatic allocation by the controller and local manual setting. The same node address is not allowed in the same network.
3.8.1 Automatic allocation by the host
For controllers that automatically allocate slave node addresses, the node ID allocation on the drive side needs to be selected to be automatically allocated by the host, and set through the drive configuration software Luna.
The steps to use Luna software to set the node address to be automatically allocated by the host are as follows:
Step 1: Use Luna software to establish communication with the drive
Step 2: Select Settings and open the fieldbus setting interface
Step 3: Select Node ID is automatically allocated by the host
Step 4: Click the Download button to download the configuration parameters to the drive
Step 5: Power off and restart the drive
3.8.2 Manual setting
For controllers that cannot allocate slave node addresses, manual settings are required on the drive side, and parameters P1-17 and P1-18 are modified through the drive configuration software Luna for setting.
• The steps to setting the node address using Luna software are as follows:
Step 1: Use Luna software to establish communication with the driver
Step 2: Select Settings to open the fieldbus settings interface
Step 3: Select the node ID to be fixed to a certain value. This setting value is the manually set node address
Step 4: Click the Download button to download the configuration parameters to the driver
Step 5: Power off and restart the driver
3.9 ESI file
ESI is an XML-formatted file that records the information of EtherCAT slave devices. The master station identifies the slave devices in the network based on ESI, so the ESI file needs to be saved in the folder specified by the master station before use. The ESI file of the EtherCAT driver of MOONS' can be downloaded from the MOONS' official website, or you can ask our relevant technical personnel for it.
4 Motion Control Mode Introduction
4.1 PDS Status Control by Servo Drives
In EtherCAT servo drive, PDS status means the state of Power Drive Systems. The state of PDS can be changed by control word 0x6040 and can be displayed by status word 0x6041. EtherCAT servo drive must process the status change according to the standard CiA402 protocol, which means we have to confirm the changing status through 0x6041 before we send the changing command to the next status.
4.1.1 State Transition Process
- Begin OFF/Reset
- Quick stop active
• Each PDS status explanation is as follows:
| Status | Explanation |
|---|---|
| Initialization | After connecting the control circuit supply, the initialization is doing. Drive Parameter cannot be set. |
| Servo cannot be operated | Parameter of servo drive can be set. Drive parameter can be set. |
| Servo in ready | Main circuit can enter ON status at any time. Drive parameter can be set. |
| Servo operation can be opened | Main Circuit Power ON Drive parameter can be set. |
| Already open when servo operation | Servo ON Status Drive parameter can be set. |
| Quick Stop | Fast stop function has been activated and fast stop process is doing. Drive parameter can be set. |
| Error Stop | Servo drive occurs to report error and it is doing error report shutdown process. |
| Error | Error stop has finished. Drive parameter can be set. |
4.1.2 Status Control Command
Control the status of PDS through the combination of control word 0x6040 in the following chart.
| CiA402 Status Change | Control Word 0x6040 | Status Word 0x6041bit0~bit9 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | Power on → Initialization | Natual Transition, do not need Control Command | 0x0000 |
| 1 | Initialization → Servo cannot operate. | Command Natual Transition, do not need Control Command If initialization error occurs, enter 13 directly. | 0x0250 |
| 2 | Servo cannot operate→ Servo in ready. | 0x0006 | 0x0231 |
| 3 | Servo in ready→ Servo operation can be started. | 0x0007 | 0x0233 |
| 4 | Servo operation can be started→ Servo operation has been started. | 0x000F | 0x0237 |
| 5 | operation has been started. Servo operation has been started→ Servo operation can be started. | 0x0007 | 0x0233 |
| 6 | operation can be started. Servo operation can be started→ Servo in ready. | 0x0006 | 0x0231 |
| 7 | Servo in ready→ Servo cannot operate. | 0x0000 | 0x0250 |
| 8 | Servo operation has been started→ Servo in ready. | 0x0006 | 0x0231 |
| 9 | Servo operation has been started→ Servo cannot be operated. | 0x0000 | 0x0250 |
| 10 | cannot be operated. Servo operation can be started→ Servo cannot be operated. | 0x0000 | 0x0250 |
| 11 | be operated. Servo operation has been started→ Fast Stop | 0x0002 | 0x0217 |
| 12 | Quick Stop → Servo cannot operate | When the fast stop mode 0x605A is set as 0~2, it transits naturally without any controlling demand. | 0x0250 |
| 13 | →Error Stop | Except "Error Report", in any other status, as long as servo drive appears to report error, it will automatically switch into error handling status, which do not need controlling command. | 0x020F |
| 14 | Error Stop → Error | After the error report process has been finished, it turns automatically without controlling the demand. | 0x0208 |
| 15 | Error→ Servo cannot operate | 0x80,bit7: 0→1 | 0x0250 |
| 16 | Fast stop → Servo operation has been started. | Choose 5~6 in fast stop mode 0x605A and after the stop completes, send 0x000F. | 0x0237 |
Note:
Bit10~bit15 of the status word 0x6041 has something to do with servo control mode, which is marked as "0" in the chart above. For details of each bit's status, refer to the servo-related control mode.
• The bit combination of PDS status changing demand 0x6040 is as the following chart:
| Command | Control Word 0x6040 | Status Switch | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Bit 7(fr) | Con Bit 3(eo) | ntrol Word 0x60 Bit 2(qs) | 040 Bit 1(ev) | Bit 0(so) | ||
| Shutdown | Bit 7(fr) 0 | Bit 3(eo) X | Bit 2(qs) 1 | Bit 1(ev) 1 | Bit 0(so) 0 | 2、6、8 |
| Switch on | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 3 |
| Switch on + enable operation | 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 3+4 |
| enable operation Disable voltage | 0 | X | X | 0 | X | 7、9、10、12 |
| Quick stop | 0 | X | 0 | 1 | X | 11 |
| Disable operation | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 5 |
| Enable operation | 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 4、16 |
| Fault reset | 0→1 | X | X | X | X | 15 |
Note:
X: It means the bit currently does not affect the switch of PDS status. Generally write "0" is OK. so: switch on qs: quick stop fr: fault reset ev: enable voltage eo: enable operation
• The bit combination which displays 0x6041 in PDS status is as the below chart:
| Status | Status Word 0x6041 | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Bit 6(sod) | Bit 5(qs) | Bit 4(ve) | Bit 3(f) | Bit 2(oe) | Bit 1(so) | Bit 0(rtso) | ||
| Not ready to switch on | Initialization | 0 | X | X | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| switch on Switch on disabled | No error in servo, servo cannot be operated | 1 | X | X | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| disabled Ready to switch on | cannot be operated Servo in Ready | 0 | 1 | X | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| switch on Switched on | Servo operation can be started. | 0 | 1 | X | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 |
| Operation enabled | started. Servo Operation enabled | 0 | 1 | X | 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 |
| enabled Quick stop active | Quick Stop | 0 | 0 | X | 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 |
| active Fault reaction active | Error Response | 0 | X | X | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 |
| active Fault | Error Report | 0 | X | X | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
Note:
X: It means this bit does not affect the status that expresses PDO. rtso: ready to switch on ve: voltage enabled so: switched on qs: quick stop oe: operation enabled sod: switch on disabled f: fault
4.2 Control Mode Setting
The control mode EtherCAT servo drive supports is as follows.
| Control Mode | Abbreviation |
|---|---|
| Control Mode Profile Position Mode | Abbreviation PP |
| Profile Velocity Mode | PV |
| Torque Profile Mode | TQ |
| Cyclic Synchronous Velocity Mode | CSV |
| Cyclic Synchronous Position Mode | CSP |
| Cyclic Synchronous Torque Mode | CST |
| Homing Mode | HM |
| Q Program Mode | Q |
4.2.1 Control Mode Write-in
The control mode of the servo drive is being set through 0x6060 and the corresponding relationship between control mode and the parameter of 0x6060 is as the below chart.
| 0x6060 | |
|---|---|
| 0x606 Control Mode | 60 Value |
| Control Mode Q | Value -1 |
| PP | 1 |
| PV | 3 |
| TQ | 4 |
| CSV | 9 |
| CSP | 8 |
| CST | 10 |
| HM | 6 |
Note: The default value of 0x6060 is 0 and when the drive control power supply is connected, set the control mode value for use.
4.2.2 Control Mode Read
The inner control mode of servo drive is being confirmed by reading 0x6061. The corresponding relationship between control mode and parameter 0x6061 is as the below chart.
| 0x6061 | |
|---|---|
| 0x60 Control Mode | 061 Value |
| Control Mode Q | Value -1 |
| PP | 1 |
| PV | 3 |
| TQ | 4 |
| CSV | 9 |
| CSP | 8 |
| CST | 10 |
| HM | 6 |
4.2.3 Caution when switching Control Mode
1. Control mode shall be banned from switching when the motor is in movement. 2. When switch the control mode, first update the the object in RxPDO which is related with 0x6060 control mode. 3. It takes several time to switch the control mode into finish. During the process, 0x6061 and the value of the object in TxPDO which is related with control mode is uncertain. 4. In the modified control mode, the value of unsupported object is uncertain. 5. Error will occur when control mode which the drive does not support has been set. 6. Only in position control mode (PP/HM/IP) full closed loop control is supported. In other mode, such control is not compatible.
4.3 Profile Position Control Mode
Under position control mode, servo drive generates movement trace according to the acceleration, deceleration, velocity and target position set by the controller. It also controls motors to execute relative or absolute point-to-point movement according to the generated movement trace. 0x6060 needs to be set as 1 when position control mode starts.
• The Structure of Motion Trace Generation Function
- Limit Function
- Target Position (0x607A)
- Command Position Trace Generation
- Target Velocity (0x60FF). Max. Velocity (0x607F) Limit Function
- Function
- Planned Acceleration (0x6083). Planned Deceleration (0x6084)
- Limit Function
- Quick Stop Deceleration (0x6085)
• The Composition of Position Mode
- Control Command Position Position
- Velocity
- Torque
- M
- Control
- Control
- Position Offset(0x60F4)
- Actual Velocity(0x606C)
- E
- Velocity Detection
- Actual Torque(0x6077)
- Actual Position(0x6064)
4.3.1 Related Parameters in Position Control Mode
| Index | Sub Index | Name | Visiting Type | Data Type | Unit | Set Range | Default Value | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x603F | —— | Error Code | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
| 0x6040 | Control Word | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~216-1 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6041 | Status Word | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x605A | Fast Stop Mode | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~8 | 2 | NO | |
| 0x605B | Closing Mode | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~2 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x605C | Prohibited Operation Mode | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~2 | 1 | NO | |
| 0x605D | Stop Mode | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x6060 | Control Mode | RW | INTEGER8 | —— | -1~10 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6061 | Control Mode Display | RO | INTEGER8 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6064 | Actual Position | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x606C | Actual Velocity | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6073 | Maximum Current | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | NO | |
| 0x6077 | Actual Torque | RO | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6078 | Actual Current | RO | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x607A | Target Position | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses | -231~231-1 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x607F | Maximum Velocity | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 800000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6081 | Planned Velocity | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 50000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6083 | Planned Acceleration | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s² | 0~232-1 | 1000000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6084 | Planned Deceleration | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s² | 0~232-1 | 1000000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6085 | Fast Stop Deceleration | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s² | 0~232-1 | 30000000 | NO | |
| 0x60F4 | Actual Position Offset | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x2AB1 | 0x03 | The Movement of Dynamic Brakes when report errors | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~3 | 0 | NO |
| 0x04 | The longest Movement Time when report errors | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~30000 | 0 | NO |
4.3.2 Control Word Setting
In the position control mode, the meaning of each bit from 0x6040 is as the below chart, in which the segment marked brown is the control word bit that needs to be used in position mode.
| 15...10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1510 Reserved | 9 Change of set point | 8 Halt | 7 Fault reset | 6 Abs/rel | 5 Change set immediately | 4 New set point | 3 Enable operation | 2 Quick stop | 1 Enable voltage | 0 Switch on |
| Bit | Name | Value | Explanation | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | Switch on | Start the Servo Operation | 0 | Invalid |
| 0 1 | Invalid Valid | |||
| 1 | Enable voltage | Main Circuit Power Supply Connected | 1 0 | Valid Invalid |
| 0 1 | Invalid Valid | |||
| 2 | Quick stop | Supply Connected Quick Stop | 1 0 | Valid Valid |
| 0 1 | Valid Invalid | |||
| 3 | Enable operation | Servo Operation | 1 0 | Invalid Invalid |
| 0 1 | Invalid Valid | |||
| 4 | New set point | Set New Value | 1 0->1 | Valid 1. Start to operate the positioning 2. The setting value to be updated and triggered (0x607A. 0x6081. 0x6083、0x6084) |
| 5 | Change set immediately | Immediate Update | 0 | After the current positioning movement has finished, operate the next positioning movement. |
| 1 | Terminate the positioning action that is operating and begin operating the next positioning action | |||
| 6 | Abs/rel | Positioning Type | 0 | 0x607A acts as absolute position operation |
| 1 | 0x607Aacts as relative position operation | |||
| 7 | Fault reset | Reset when error occurs | 0->1 | Operate an error reset |
| 8 | Halt | Stop | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Operate the stop movement according to the stop mode set by 0x605D. | |||
| 9 | Change of set point | Continuous Operation | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Update Set Value | |||
| 10~15 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
4.3.3 Status Word Definition
In position control mode, the meaning of each bit for control word 0x6041 is listed as below chart, in which the segment marked brown is the control status word bit that needs to be used by position mode.
| 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Warning | Switch on disabled | Quick stop | Voltage enabled | Fault | Operation enabled | Switched on | Ready to switch on |
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Set point acknowledge | Internal limit active | Target reached | Remote | Reserved |
| Bit | Name | Value | Explanation | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | Ready to Switch on | Servo in Ready | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 1 | Switched on | Servo operation can be started. | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 2 | Operation enabled | Servo operation has been started. | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 3 | Fault | Report Error | 0 | No error |
| 1 | Exist error | |||
| 4 | Voltage enabled | Main Circuit Power Supply connected | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 5 | Quick stop | Quick Stop | 0 | Fast Stop valid |
| 1 | Fast Stop invalid | |||
| 6 | Switch on disabled | Servo cannot operate. | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 7 | Warning | Alarming | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 8 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 9 | Remote | Remote Control | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Control word controls effectively. | |||
| 10 | Target reached | Positioning Finish | 0 | Control Word bit8=0: Positioning does not finish; Control Word bit8=1: Decelerating |
| 1 | Control Word bit8=0:Positioning finishes; Control Word bit8=1:The velocity is 0. | |||
| 11 | Internal limit active | Inner Limit Valid | 0 | bit8=1:The velocity is 0. The digital Input Limit has not been triggered. |
| 1 | The digital Input Limit has been triggered. | |||
| 12 | Set point acknowledge | Confirm Set Value | 0 | The setting value can be updated. |
| 1 | New setting value has been updated. | |||
| 13 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Default Function, Reserve as "0" |
| 14 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Default Function, Reserve as "0" |
| 15 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Default Function, Reserve as "0" |
4.3.4 Function Parameter Setting
About conditions like position arrival, dynamic error follow, positioning finish, etc. and the setting of position error alarm threshold sees the following chart.
| Index | Sub Index | Name | Explanation When the absolute value of the difference between the actual position and the setting value is not |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A14 — | Index —— | Absolute Arrival Location | When the absolute value of the difference between the actual position and the setting value is not bigger than 100 pulses, the position arrival signal is valid. When the absolute value of the position offset is under the setting value, the dynamic deviation follow |
| 0x2A15 | 0x01 | Dynamic Follow Error Threshold Motion Judgment Condition Count | bigger than 100 pulses, the position arrival signal is valid. When the absolute value of the position offset is under the setting value, the dynamic deviation follow signal is valid. |
| 0x02 | Motion Judgment Condition Count Time Positioning Completion Signal | signal is valid. The absolute value of the position deviation is within the position error threshold of the positioning completion signal and the duration reaches 0x2A15. When the sub index 2 sets the time, the positioning completion signal is valid and bit10 of the status word 0x6041=1. | |
| 0x03 | Time Positioning Completion Signal Position Error Threshold Command Location Input Finish | ||
| 0x04 | Position Error Threshold Command Location Input Finish Detection Time | word 0x6041=1. Drive receives the detection time whether controller's command positioning finishes or not. When the absolute value of location deviation is larger than that of the setting value, the drive will report | |
| 0x2AA8 — | —— | Detection Time Location Error Alarm Threshold | When the absolute value of location deviation is larger than that of the setting value, the drive will report positioning error overrun fault. When this setting value is 0,it will not start the positioning error overrun limit. |
4.3.5 Function Example
Step1 Start Position Mode
The controller writes "1" into 0x6060 and confirms whether the current mode belongs to position mode by inquiring the value of 0x6061.
Step2 Enable the Motor
The controller writes 0x06, 0x07, 0x0F separately into 0x6040 and this controls motors into enable status. By judging whether the bit0, bit1, bit2 of 0x6041 are all 1, we can give a conclusion whether the motor is in enable status.
Step3 Set the Operation Parameter
According to actual application, the controller writes target position, velocity, acceleration and deceleration separately into 0x607A, 0X6081, 0X6083 and 0x6084.
Step4 Start/Stop Operation
According to actual application, we can choose relative positioning or absolute positioning. We put "0" at bit6 of the absolute positioning 0x6040 while the relative positioning it sets "1". According to different motion type,we send the corresponding commands. For the detailed command refer to the below introduction.
• Single-Step Motion
- Actual Speed
- 0
- t
- 1
- New Set Point
- Ready Bit4
- 0
- t
- 1
- Set Point Ack Bit12
- 0
- t
- 1
- Target Reached
- Bit10
- 0
- t
- D A B C E
| Graph point | Control Word (0x6040) | Status Word (0x6041) | Explanation | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Set New Value (bit4) | Immediate Update(bit5) | Update Setting Value(bit9) | Confirm Setting Value(bit12) | Positioning Finish(bit10) | ||
| Start | 0 | 0 | Value(bit9) 0 | Value(bit12) 0 | 0 | Wait for trigger to operate the movement. |
| A | 0->1 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | Trigger to generate the motion trace |
| B | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0->1 | 0 | The motion trace has been generated and begun operating the movement. |
| C | 1->0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | Reset to generate the motion trace trigger bit The trigger bit of generating motion trace has been |
| D | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1->0 | 0 | The trigger bit of generating motion trace has been reset and it is allowed to generate new motion trace. |
| E | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | trace. Positioning Finish |
• Multiple-Step with Stop in the Middle
- Actual Speed
- 0
- t
- 1
- New Set Point
- Ready Bit4
- 0
- t
- 1
- Set Point Ack Bit12
- 0
- t
- 1
- Target Reached
- Bit10
- 0
- t
- D A B C E F G H I
| Graph point | Control Word (0x6040) | Status Word (0x6041) | Explanation | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Set New Value (bit4) | Immediate Update(bit5) | Update Setting Value(bit9) | Confirm Setting Value(bit12) | Positioning Finish(bit10) | ||
| Begin | (bit4) 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | Wait for trigger the operation action |
| A | 0->1 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | Trigger to generate motion trace |
| B | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0->1 | 0 | Motion trace has been generated and action begins |
| C | 1->0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | Reset to generate the motion trace trigger bit |
| D | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1->0 | 0 | The trigger bit of generation motion track has been reset and a new motion track can be triggered. |
| E | 0->1 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | triggered. Trigger to generate new motion trace |
| F | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0->1 | 0 | New motion trace has been generated and buffered. Execute the trace after current motion trace has completed. |
| G | 1->0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | motion trace has completed. Reset to generate the motion trace trigger bit |
| H | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1->0 | 0 | Current motion trace has finished operating. The motor decelerates to 0 and then buffered motion trace begins operating. |
| I | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | motion trace begins operating. The buffered motion trace has finished executing and the positioning has completed. |
• Multiple-Step with continuous Movement in the Middle
- Actual Speed
- 0
- t
- 1
- New Set Point
- Ready Bit4
- 0
- t
- 1
- Set Point Ack Bit12
- 0
- t
- 1
- Target Reached
- Bit10
- 0
- t
- D A B C E F G H I
| Graph point | Control Word (0x6040) | Status Word (0x6041) | Explanation | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Set New Value (bit4) | Immediate Update(bit5) | Update Setting Value(bit9) | Confirm Setting Value(bit12) | Positioning Finish(bit10) | ||
| Start | (bit4) 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | Wait for trigger the operation action |
| A | 0->1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | Trigger to generate motion trace |
| B | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0->1 | 0 | Motion trace has been generated and action begins |
| C | 1->0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | Reset to generate the motion trace trigger bit |
| D | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1->0 | 0 | The trigger bit of generating motion trace has been reset and a new motion trace can be triggered. |
| E | 0->1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | triggered. Trigger to generate new motion trace |
| F | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0->1 | 0 | New motion trace has been generated and buffered and will be operated after the current motion trace is completed. |
| G | 1->0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | Reset to generate the motion trace trigger bit |
| H | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1->0 | 0 | The current motion trace has finished operation. The motor starts directly operating the buffered motion trace without stop. |
| I | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | The buffered motion trace has finished executing and the positioning has completed. |
• Continuous Operation with Motion Trace immediately updated
- Actual Speed
- 0
- t
- 1
- New Set Point
- Ready Bit4
- 0
- t
- 1
- Set Point Ack Bit12
- 0
- t
- 1
- Target Reached
- Bit10
- 0
- t
- D A B C E F G H I
| Graph point | Control Word (0x6040) | Status Word (0x6041) | Explanation | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Set New Value (bit4) | Immediate Update(bit5) | Update Setting Value(bit9) | Confirm Setting Value(bit12) | Positioning Finish(bit10) | ||
| Start | (bit4) 0 | 1 | X | 0 | 0 | Wait for trigger the operation action |
| A | 0->1 | 1 | X | 0 | 0 | Trigger to generate motion trace |
| B | 1 | 1 | X | 0->1 | 0 | Motion trace has been generated and action begins |
| C | 1->0 | 1 | X | 1 | 0 | begins Reset to generate the motion trace trigger bit |
| D | 0 | 1 | X | 1->0 | 0 | The trigger bit of generating motion trace has been reset and a new motion trace can be triggered. |
| E | 0->1 | 1 | X | 0 | 0 | Trigger to generate new motion trace |
| F | 1 | 1 | X | 0->1 | 0 | The new motion trace has been generated. When terminating the currently-operating movement, the motor will not stop and begin operating the new motion trace immediately. |
| G | 1->0 | 1 | X | 1 | 0 | operating the new motion trace immediately. Reset and generate the motion trace trigger bit |
| H | 0 | 1 | X | 1->0 | 0 | The generated motion trace trigger bit has been updated and other new motion trace can generate new motion trace. |
| I | 0 | 1 | X | 0 | 1 | Positioning Finish |
4.4 Profile Velocity Control Mode
In the velocity control mode, servo drives generate motion trace according to the acceleration, deceleration as well as velocity set by the upper controllers, which control motors to operate the motion according to the generated motion trace. When starting velocity control mode, 0x6060 needs to be set as "3".
• The Structure of Motion Trace Generation Function
• The Composition of Velocity Mode
- Command Velocity
- Velocity
- Torque
- M
- Control
- Control
- Actual Velocity (0x606C)
- Velocity Detection E
- Actual Torque (0x6077)
- Actual Position (0x6064)
4.4.1 Related Parameters in Velocity-Control Mode
| Index | Sub Index | Name | Visit Type | Data Type | Unit | Setting Range | Default Value | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x603F | —— | Error Code | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
| 0x6040 | Control Word | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~216-1 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6041 | Status Word | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x605A | Quick Stop Method | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~8 | 2 | NO | |
| 0x605B | Shut Mode | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~2 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x605C | Prohibited Operation Mode | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~2 | 1 | NO | |
| 0x605D | Stop Method | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x6060 | Control Mode | RW | INTEGER8 | —— | -1~10 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6061 | Control Mode Display | RO | INTEGER8 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6064 | Actual Position | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x606C | Actual Velocity | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6073 | Maximum Current | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6077 | Actual Torque | RO | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6078 | Actual Current | RO | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x607F | Maximum Velocity | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 800000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6083 | Planned Acceleration | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s2 | 0~232-1 | 1000000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6084 | Planned Deceleration | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s2 | 0~232-1 | 1000000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6085 | Quick Stop Deceleration | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s2 | 0~232-1 | 30000000 | NO | |
| 0x60FF | Target Velocity | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | -231~231-1 | 100000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x2AB1 | 0x03 | The Movement of Dynamic Brakes when report errors | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~3 | 0 | NO |
| 0x04 | The longest Operation Time when report errors | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~30000 | 0 | NO |
4.4.2 Control Word Setting
In velocity control mode, the meaning of each byte for control word 0x6040is as the below chart, in which the segment marked dark color is the control word bit that needs to be used in velocity mode.
| 15 ●●● 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 10 Reserved | 9 Reserved | 8 Halt | 7 Fault reset | 6 Reserved | 5 Reserved | 4 Reserved | 3 Enable operation | 2 Quick stop | 1 Enable voltage | 0 Switch on |
| Bit | Name | Value | Explanation | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | Switch on | Start Servo Operation | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 1 | Enable voltage | Main Circuit Power Supply Connection | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 2 | Quick Stop | Fast Stop | 0 | Valid |
| 1 | Invalid | |||
| 3 | Enable Operation | Servo Operation | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 4 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 5 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0"0” |
| 6 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 7 | Fault reset | Report Error Reset | 0->1 | Operate 1 Error Report Reset |
| 8 | Halt | Stop | 0 | Velocity controls start or continue. |
| 1 | Operate Stop Movement according to 0x605D's stop mode | |||
| 9 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 10~15 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
4.4.3 Status Word Definition
In velocity control mode, the meaning of each bit for status word 0x6041 is as the below chart, in which the segment marked dark color is the status word bit needs to be used by velocity mode.
| 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Warning | Switch on disabled | Quick stop | Voltage enabled | Fault | Operation enabled | Switched on | Ready to switch on |
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Speed | Internal limit active | Target reached | Remote | Reserved |
| Bit | Name | Value | Explanation | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | Ready to Switch on | Servo in Ready | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 1 | Switched on | Servo operation has been opened. | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 2 | Operation enabled | Servo operation has been opened. | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 3 | Fault | Report Error | 0 | No fault |
| 1 | Exist fault | |||
| 4 | Voltage enabled | Main Circuit Power Supply Connection | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 5 | Quick stop | Fast Stop | 0 | Fast Stop valid |
| 1 | Fast Stop invalid | |||
| 6 | Switch on disabled | Servo cannot operate. | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 7 | Warning | Alarming | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 8 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 9 | Remote | Remote Control | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Control Word control valid | |||
| 10 | Target reached | Arrive Target Velocity | 0 | Control Word bit8=0: Target velocity does not reach; Control Word bit8=1: Deceleration |
| 1 | Control Word bit8=0: Target velocity reaches; Control Word bit8=1: Velocity is 0. | |||
| 11 | Internal limit active | Inner Limit Valid | 0 | bit8=1: Velocity is 0. Digital Input Limit is not triggered. |
| 1 | Digital Input Limit is triggered. | |||
| 12 | Speed | Zero Speed Arrival | 0 | Zero speed range not reached |
| 1 | Zero speed range reached | |||
| 13 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 14 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 15 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
4.4.4 Function Parameter Setting
About the set condition of velocity arrival, zero speed detection and velocity accordance, see the below chart.
| Index | Sub Index | Name | Explanation |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A15 | Index 0x02 | Motion Judgment Condition Count Time | When the command speed is 0, the absolute value of the actual speed is within the zero speed judgment threshold, and the duration reaches the set time of 0x2a15 sub index 2. It is considered that the motor is close to the static state and the zero speed detection signal is valid. |
| 0x2A16 | 0x01 | Count Time Zero Speed Judgment Threshold | |
| 0x02 | Threshold Judge Velocity reaches Target | The absolute value of the actual speed exceeds the set value and the duration reaches 0x2a15. When the sub index 2 set time, it is regarded that the actual motor speed reaches the expectation, and the velocity arrival signal is valid. | |
| 0x03 | Velocity Accordance Fluctuation Range | The absolute value of the difference between the absolute speed and the target speed 0x60FF is within the set value. The duration reaches 0x2a15 when the sub index 2 sets the time. It is considered that the actual speed of the motor reaches the expectation. The velocity accordance signal is valid. The bit10 of the status word 0x6041 is 1. |
4.4.5 Function Example
Step1: Start velocity mode
The controller writes 3 into 0x6060 and confirms whether the current mode is velocity mode by inquiring the value of 0x6061.
Step2: Motor Enable
The controller writes 0x06, 0x07, 0x10F separately into 0x6040, which controls motors into enable status. By judging whether the bit0, bit1, bit2 of 0x6041 are all in, the motor enable status can be judged.
Step3: Set Operation Parameters
According to actual application, controller writes target velocity, acceleration and deceleration separately in 0x60FF, 0x6083 and 0x6084.
Step4: Start/Stop operation
The controller can control the motor's start/stop through controlling the bit8 status of 0x6040. When bit8=0, the motor begins or continues operating. When bit8=1, the motor begins decelerating and stopping.
- V2
- V1
- Actual Speed
- V2
- V1
- Target Speed
- 0
- t
- 1
- Halt
- Bit8
- 0
- t
- 1
- Target reached
- Bit10
- 0
- t
- 1
- Speed
- Bit12
- 0
- t
- A B C D E F
- G
| Graph point | Control Word (0x6040) | Status Word (0x6041) | Target Velocity (0x60FF) | Explanation | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Stop(bit8) | Zero Velocity Arrival (bit12) | Target Velocity Arrival (bit10) | |||
| Begin | 1 | 1 | Arrival (bit10) 1 | 0 | Motor stops. |
| A | 1->0 | 1->0 | 1->0 | V1 | Stop bit reset and the motor begins accelerating |
| B | 0->1 | 0 | 1->0 | V1 | Stop bit set and the motor begins decelerating |
| C | 1->0 | 0 | 0 | V1 | Stop bit reset and the motor begins accelerating |
| D | 0 | 0 | 1->0 | V1->V2 | Add target velocity and the motor begins to accelerate |
| D E | 0 0 | 0 0 | 1->0 1->0 | V1->V2 V2->0 | Add target velocity and the motor begins to accelerate The target velocity is set as 0 and the motor begins to decelerate. |
| F | 0->1 | 0 | 0 | 0 | Stop bit set and the motor begins decelerating and stopping |
| G | 1 | 0->1 | 0->1 | 0 | stopping Stop Movement |
4.5 Profile Torque Control Mode
In the torque control mode, servo drive generates motion according to the target torque and torque command change rate (torque slope) set by the upper controller trajectory, controlling motors to operate motion according to the generated motion trace. To enable torque control mode, set 0x6060 to 4.
• The Structure of Motion Trace Generation Function
• Composition of Torque Mode
- Torque Control Target Torque(0x6071)
- M
- Torque Actual Value(0x6077)
- E
- Velocity Actual Value(0x606C) Velocity Detection
- Position Actual Value(0x6064)
4.5.1 Related Parameters in Torque-Control Mode
| Index | Sub Index | Name | Visit Type | Data Type | Unit | Setting Range | Default Value | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x603F | —— | Error Code | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
| 0x6040 | Control Word | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~216-1 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6041 | Status Word | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x605A | Fast Stop Mode | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~8 | 2 | NO | |
| 0x605B | Shut Mode | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~2 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x605C | Prohibited Operation Mode | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~2 | 1 | NO | |
| 0x605D | Stop Method | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x6060 | Control Mode | RW | INTEGER8 | —— | -1~10 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6061 | Control Mode Display | RO | INTEGER8 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6064 | Actual Location | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x606C | Actual Velocity | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6071 | Target Torque | RW | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6073 | Maximum Current | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6074 | Command Torque | RO | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6077 | Actual Torque | RO | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6078 | Actual Current | RO | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x607F | Maximum Speed | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 800000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6087 | Torque Slope | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1%/s | 0 | RxPDO | ||
| 0x2A03 | 1st Torque Limits | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | NO | |
| 0x2A04 | 2nd Torque Limits | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | NO | |
| 0x2A05 | 3rd Torque Limits | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | NO | |
| 0x2A06 | 4th Torque Limits | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | NO | |
| 0x2A47 | Velocity Limit under Torque Mode | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 800000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x2AB1 | 0x03 | The Movement of Dynamic Brakes when report errors | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~3 | 0 | NO |
| 0x04 | The longest Operation Time when report errors | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~30000 | 0 | NO |
4.5.2 Control Word Setting
In the torque control mode, the meaning of each bit for control word 0x6040 is as below chart, in which the segment marked dark color is the control word bit needs to be used in torque mode.
| 15 ●●● 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 10 Reserved | 9 Reserved | 8 Halt | 7 Fault reset | 6 Reserved | 5 Reserved | 4 Reserved | 3 Enable operation | 2 Quick stop | 1 Enable voltage | 0 Switch on |
| Bit | Name | Value | Explanation | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | Switch on | Start Servo Operation | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 1 | Enable voltage | Main Circuit Power Supply connected | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 2 | Quick Stop | Quick Stop | 0 | Valid |
| 1 | Invalid | |||
| 3 | Enable Operation | Servo Operation | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 4 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 5 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 6 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 7 | Fault reset | Report Error Reset | 0->1 | Operate one report error reset |
| 8 | Halt | Stop | 0 | Torque Control Start or Continue |
| 1 | Operate stop movement according to the stop mode set by 0x605D | |||
| 9 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 10~15 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
4.5.3 Status word definition
In the torque control mode, the meaning of each bit of the status word 0x6041 is as shown in the following table, where the dark-marked parts are the bits of the status word to be used in the torque mode.
| 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Warning | Switch on disabled | Quick stop | Voltage enabled | Fault | Operation enabled | Switched on | Ready to switch on |
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Internal limit active | Target reached | Remote | Reserved |
| Bit | Name | Value | Explanation | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | Ready to Switch on | Servo in Ready | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 1 | Switched on | Servo Operation can be opened. | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 2 | Operation enabled | Servo Operation has been opened. | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 3 | Fault | Error Report | 0 | No Error Report |
| 1 | Exist Error Report | |||
| 4 | Voltage enabled | Main Circuit Power Supply connected | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 5 | Quick stop | Quick Stop | 0 | Fast Stop valid |
| 1 | Fast Stop invalid | |||
| 6 | Switch on disabled | Servo cannot operate | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 7 | Warning | Alarming | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 8 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 9 | Remote | Remote Control | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Control Word Control Valid | |||
| 10 | Target reached | Target Torque Arrival | 0 | Control Word bit8=0: Command torque 0x6074 not reach the target torque, Control Word bit8=1: Decelerating |
| 1 | target torque, Control Word bit8=1: Decelerating Control Word bit8=0: Command torque 0x6074 reaches target torque, Control Word bit8=1: Velocity is 0 | |||
| 11 | Internal limit active | Inner Limit Valid | 0 | torque, Control Word bit8=1: Velocity is 0 Digital Input Limit not triggered |
| 1 | Digital Input Limit triggered | |||
| 12 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 13 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 14 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 15 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
4.5.4 Function Parameter Setting
About the set condition of torque arrival, torque accordance, see the below chart.
| Index | Sub Index | Name | Explanation |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A15 | Index 0x02 | Motion Judgment Condition Count Time | The absolute value of the difference between the command torque and the target torque 0x6071 is within the torque consistent fluctuation range and the duration is the time set for 0x2A15 sub index 2. It is considered that the actual motor torque reaches the expectation and the torque accordance signal is valid. The bit 10 of status word 0x6041 is 1. |
| 0x2A17 | —— | Torque Accordance Fluctuation Range | |
| 0x2A18 | Judge Torque reaches Target | The absolute value of the difference between the absolute value of the command torque and the set value is within the torque accordance fluctuation range (0x2a17) and when the duration reaches the set time of 0x2a15 sub index 2, it is considered that the actual torque of the motor reaches the expected value and the torque reaches the expected value. Signal valid |
4.5.5 Function Example
Step1: Start Torque Mode Controller writes 4 into 0x6060 and confirms whether the current mode is torque mode by inquiring the value of 0x6061.
Step2: Motor enable The controller writes 0x06, 0x07, 0x10F separately into 0x6040, which controls motors into enable status. By judging whether the bit0, bit1, bit2 of 0x6041 are all in, the motor enable status can be judged.
Step3: Setting Operation Parameters According to actual application, controller writes target torque, velocity limit and torque slope in torque mode separately in 0x6071, 0x2A47 and 0x6087.
Step4: Start/Stop Operation The controller can control the motor's start/stop through controlling the bit8 status of 0x6040. When bit8=0, the motor begins or continues operating. When bit8=1, the motor begins decelerating and stopping.
- T2
- Actual Torque
- T1
- 0
- t
- T2
- Target Torque
- T1
- 0
- t
- 1
- Halt Bit8
- 0
- t
- 1
- Target reached
- Bit10
- 0
- A BC D E
| Graph point | Control Word (0x6040) | Status Word (0x6041) | Target Torque (0x6071) | Explanation |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Stop (bit8) | Target Torque Arrival (bit10) | |||
| Begin | 0 | (bit10) 1 | T1 | The stop bit resets and the motor begins adding output torque to T1 |
| A | 0 | 0->1 | T1 | Motor keeps output torque T1 |
| B | 0->1 | 1->0 | 0 | The stop bit sets and the motor reduces the output torque |
| C | 1->0 | 0 | 0->T2 | The stop bit resets and adds target torque. The motor begins adding output torque to T2 |
| D | 0 | 1->0 | T2->0 | The target torque is set as 0 and the motor begins reducing the output torque |
| E | 0 | 0->1 | 0 | Motor keeps output torque 0 |
4.6 Cyclic Synchronous Position Mode
In Cyclic Synchronous Position (CSP) mode, the master controller calculates the motion trajectory and transmits the target position to the servo drive at each synchronization cycle. The servo drive follows these commands in real-time to execute the motion profile. To enable CSP mode, set 0x6060 to 8.
• Composition of Cyclic Synchronous Position Mode
- Control Target Position(0x607A) Position
- Velocity
- Torque
- M
- Control
- Control
- Position Error(0x60F4)
- Actual Velocity(0x606C)
- E
- Velocity Detection
- Actual Torque(0x6077)
- Actual Position(0x6064)
4.6.1 Related Parameters of CSP Mode
| Index | Sub Index | Name | Access | Data Type | Unit | Setting Range | Default Value | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x603F | —— | Error code | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
| 0x6040 | Control word | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~216-1 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6041 | Status word | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x605A | Quick stop option code | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~8 | 2 | NO | |
| 0x605B | Shut down option code | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~2 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x605C | Disable operation option code | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~2 | 1 | NO | |
| 0x6060 | Modes of Operation | RW | INTEGER8 | —— | -1~10 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6061 | Modes of Operation Display | RO | INTEGER8 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6064 | Position actual value | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x606C | Velocity actual value | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6073 | Max Current | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6077 | Torque actual value | RO | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6078 | Current actual value | RO | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x607A | Target position | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses | -231~231-1 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x607F | Max profile velocity | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 800000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x60F4 | Following error actual velue | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x2AB1 | 0x03 | Dynamic brake sequence when fault occurs | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~7 | 5 | NO |
| 0x04 | Dynamic brake action time during deceleration of fault occrus | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~30000 | 0 | NO |
4.6.2 Control Word Setting
In the CSP control mode, the meaning of each bit for control word 0x6040 is as below chart.
| 15 ●●● 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Reserved | Reserved | Halt | Fault reset | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Enable operation | Quick stop | Enable voltage | Switch on |
| Bit | Name | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | Switch on | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | ||
| 1 | Enable voltage | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | ||
| 2 | Quick stop | 0 | Valid |
| 1 | Invalid | ||
| 3 | Enable operation | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | ||
| 4 | Reserved | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
| 5 | Reserved | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
| 6 | Reserved | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
| 7 | Fault reset | 0->1 | Rising edge triggers fault reset |
| 8 | Halt | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
| 9 | Reserved | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
| 10~15 | Reserved | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
4.6.3 Status Word Definition
In the CSP control mode, the meanings of each bit for status word 0x6041 are listed as below chart, in which the segment marked brown is the status word bit that needs to be used by CSP mode.
| 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Warning | Switch on disabled | Quick stop | Voltage enabled | Fault | Operation | Switched on | Ready to switch on |
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Drive follows the command value | Internal limit | Status toggle | Remote | Reserved |
| Bit | Name | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | Ready to Switch on | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | ||
| 1 | Switched on | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | ||
| 2 | Operation enabled | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | ||
| 3 | Fault | 0 | Normal operation |
| 1 | Error condition detected | ||
| 4 | Voltage enabled | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | ||
| 5 | Quick stop | 0 | Emergency stop triggered |
| 1 | Normal operation | ||
| 6 | Switch on disabled | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | ||
| 7 | Warning | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
| 8 | Reserved | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
| 9 | Remote | 0 | Local control mode |
| 1 | Control via communication interface |
| Bit | Name | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 10 | Status toggle | 0 | Host has updated position command |
| 1 | Host position command unchanged | ||
| 11 | Interanl limit active | 0 | No limit switch activation |
| 1 | Digital input limit active | ||
| 12 | Drive follows the command value | 0 | Drive not tracking command position |
| 1 | Drive actively tracking command position | ||
| 13 | Reserved | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
| 14 | Reserved | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
| 15 | Reserved | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
4.6.4 Functional Parameter Settings
The conditions for position arrival, dynamic following error, positioning completion, and position error alarm thresholds are configured as follows:
| Index | Sub Index | Name | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A14 | Index —— | Reached position | The position arrival signal becomes active when the absolute difference between the actual position and the set value is ≤100 pulses. |
| 0x2A15 | 0x01 | Dynamic following error threshold | Dynamic following error signal activates when the absolute position deviation is within this threshold. |
| 0x02 | Time constant of motion output condition | Positioning completion signal activates (Status Word 0x6041, Bit 10=1) if absolute position deviation remains within the threshold (Sub-index 0x03) for the duration set here. | |
| 0x03 | In-position output threshold | ||
| 0x04 | Pulse complete timing | Timeout period for the drive to detect whether the command position from the controller has been fully received. | |
| 0x2AA8 | —— | Position error limit | Drive will trigger a position error fault if the absolute position deviation exceeds this value. When this threshold is set to 0, the position error limit detection is disabled. |
4.6.5 Functional Example
Step 1: Enable CSP Mode
Controller writes '8' in 0x6060 and confirms whether the current mode is cyclic synchronous position mode by inquiring the value of 0x6061.
Step2: Motor Enable
Send the following sequence to object 0x6040 (Control Word): 0x06 → 0x07 → 0x0F (Shutdown → Ready to Switch On → Operation Enabled). Confirm enable status by checking if Bits 0, 1, 2 of 0x6041 (Status Word) are all 1.
Step 3: Set the Operation Parameters and control Start/Stop
Controllers generate the motion trace according to the setting operation parameters. In this way, target position is written periodically into the controlled motors to operate.
4.7 Cyclic Synchronous Velocity Mode
In the cyclic synchronous velocity control mode, the upper controller generates the motion trajectory and sends the target velocity to the servo drive in each synchronous cycle, the servo drive follows the target velocity. To enable the cyclic synchronous mode, 0x6060 needs to be set to 9. • Composition of cyclic synchronous Velocity Mode
- Torque Control Target Velocity(0x60FF)
- Velocity Control
- M
- Velocity Actual Value(0x606C)
- E Torque Actual Value(0x6077)
- Velocity Detection
- Position Actual Value(0x6064)
4.7.1 Related Parameters of cyclic synchronous Velocity Control Mode
| Index | Sub Index | Name | Visit Type | Data Type | Unit | Setting Scope | Default Value | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x603F | Index —— | Error Code | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | Scope —— | Value 0 | TxPDO |
| 0x6040 | Control Word | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~216-1 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6041 | Status Word | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x605A | Fast Stop Method | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~8 | 2 | NO | |
| 0x605B | Shut Mode | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~2 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x605C | Prohibited Operation Mode | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~2 | 1 | NO | |
| 0x6060 | Control Mode | RW | INTEGER8 | —— | -1~10 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6061 | Control Mode Display | RO | INTEGER8 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6064 | Actual Position | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x606C | Actual Velocity | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6073 | Maximum Current | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6077 | Actual Torque | RO | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6078 | Actual Current | RO | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x607F | Maximum Velocity | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 800000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6085 | Fast Stop Deceleration | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s2 | 0~232-1 | 30000000 | NO | |
| 0x60FF | Target Velocity | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | -231~231-1 | 100000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x2AB1 | 0x03 | The Movement of Dynamic Brakes when report errors | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~3 | 0 | NO |
| 0x04 | The longest Operation Time when report errors | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~30000 | 0 | NO |
4.7.2 Control Word Setting
In the CSV control mode, the meaning of each bit for control word 0x6040 is as below chart.
| 15 ●●● 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 10 Reserved | 9 Reserved | 8 Halt | 7 Fault reset | 6 Reserved | 5 Reserved | 4 Reserved | 3 Enable operation | 2 Quick stop | 1 Enable voltage | 0 Switch on |
| Bit | Name | Value | Explanation | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | Switch on | Start Servo Operation | 0 | Invalid |
| 0 1 | Invalid Valid | |||
| 1 | Enable voltage | Main Circuit Power Supply connected | 1 0 | Valid Invalid |
| 0 1 | Invalid Valid | |||
| 2 | Quick Stop | Quick Stop | 1 0 | Valid Invalid |
| 0 1 | Invalid Valid | |||
| 3 | Enable Operation | Servo Operation | 1 0 | Valid Invalid |
| 0 1 | Invalid Valid | |||
| 4 | Reserved | Reserve | 1 0 | Valid Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 4 5 | Reserved Reserved | Reserve Reserve | 0 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 5 6 | Reserved Reserved | Reserve Reserve | 0 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 6 7 | Reserved Fault reset | Reserve Report Error Reset | 0 0->1 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" Operate one error reset |
| 7 8 | Fault reset Halt | Report Error Reset Stop | 0->1 0 | Operate one error reset Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 8 9 | Halt Reserved | Stop Reserve | 0 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 9 10~15 | Reserved Reserved | Reserve Reserve | 0 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
4.7.3 Status Word Definition
In the CSV control mode, the meaning of each bit for status word 0x6041 is as below chart, in which the segment marked in dark color is the status word bit that needs to be used by the CSV mode.
| 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 7 Warning | 6 Switch on disabled | 5 Quick stop | 4 Voltage enabled | 3 Fault | 2 Operation enabled | 1 Switched on | 0 Ready to switch on |
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 Reserved | 14 Reserved | 13 Reserved | 12 Drive follows the command value | 11 Internal limit | 10 Status toggle | 9 Remote | 8 Reserved |
| Bit | Name | Value | Explanation | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Bit 0 | Na Ready to Switch on | ame Servo in Ready | Value 0 | Explanation Invalid |
| 0 1 | Invalid Valid | |||
| 1 | Switched on | Servo operation can be opened | 1 0 | Valid Invalid |
| 0 1 | Invalid Valid | |||
| 2 | Operation enabled | Servo operation has been started | 1 0 | Valid Invalid |
| 0 1 | Invalid Valid | |||
| 3 | Fault | Report Error | 1 0 | Valid No Error |
| 0 1 | No Error Exist Error | |||
| 4 | Voltage enabled | Main Circuit Power Supply connected | 1 0 | Exist Error Invalid |
| 0 1 | Invalid Valid | |||
| 5 | Quick stop | Fast Stop | 1 0 | Valid Fast Stop valid |
| 0 1 | Fast Stop valid Fast Stop invalid | |||
| 6 | Switch on disabled | Servo cannot operate | 1 0 | Fast Stop invalid Invalid |
| 0 1 | Invalid Valid | |||
| 7 | Warning | Alarming | 1 0 | Valid Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 7 8 | Warning Reserved | Alarming Reserve | 0 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 8 9 | Reserved Remote | Reserve Remote Control | 0 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" Invalid |
| 0 1 | Invalid Control Word control valid | |||
| 10 | Status toggle | Status Switch | 1 0 | Control Word control valid Master does not update the target velocity. |
| 0 1 | Master does not update the target velocity. Master updates the target velocity | |||
| 11 | Interanl limit active | Inner Limit valid | 1 0 | Master updates the target velocity Digital limit input is not triggered. |
| 0 1 | Digital limit input is not triggered. Digital limit input is triggered. | |||
| 12 | Drive follows the command value | Execute action according to target velocity | 1 0 | Digital limit input is triggered. Does not operate the movement according to the target velocity. |
| 0 1 | Does not operate the movement according to the target velocity. Operate the movement according to the target velocity. | |||
| 13 | Reserved | velocity Reserved | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 13 14 | Reserved Reserved | Reserved Reserved | 0 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 14 15 | Reserved Reserved | Reserved Reserved | 0 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
4.7.4 Function Parameter Setting
About the condition setting of the velocity arrival, zero speed detection and velocity accordance, see the below chart.
| Index | Sub Index | Name | Explanation |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A15 | Index 0x02 | Motion Judgment Condition Count Time | Command velocity is 0 and the absolute value of actual speed is within the zero speed judgment threshold. The duration reaches the set time of 0x2a15 sub index 2. It is considered that the motor is close to the static state and the zero speed detection signal is valid. |
| 0x2A16 | 0x01 | Count Time Zero Speed Judgment Threshold | |
| 0x02 | Judge Velocity reaches Target | When the absolute value of the actual speed exceeds the set value and the duration reaches the set time of 0x2a15 sub index 2. It is considered that the actual speed of the motor reaches the expected value and the speed arrival signal is valid. | |
| 0x03 | Velocity Accordance Fluctuation Scope | When the absolute value of the difference between the actual velocity and the target velocity 0x60ff is within the set value and the duration reaches the set time of 0x2a15 sub index 2. It is considered that the actual velocity of the motor reaches the expected value while the velocity accordance signal is valid. The bit10 of status word 0x6041 is 1. |
4.7.5 Function Example
Step1: Start Cyclic Synchronous Velocity Mode
Controller writes "9" in 0x6060 and confirms whether the current mode is cyclic synchronous velocity mode by inquiring the value of 0x6061.
Step2: Motor Enable
The controller separately writes 0x06, 0x07 and 0x0F in 0x6040 and controls the motors into enable status. Motors are judged whether they are in enable status by judging the bit0, bit1 and bit2 of 0x6041.
Step3: Set the Operation Parameters and control Start/Stop
Controllers generate the motion trace according to the setting operation parameters. In this way, target velocity is written periodically into the controlled motors to operate.
4.8 Cyclic Synchronous Torque Mode
In Cyclic Synchronous Torque (CST) mode, the master controller calculates the motion trajectory and transmits the target torque to the servo drive at each synchronization cycle. The servo drive follows these commands in real-time to execute the motion profile. To enable CST mode, set 0x6060 to 10.
• Composition of cyclic synchronous Velocity Mode
- Torque Control Target Torque(0x6071)
- M
- Torque Actual Value(0x6077)
- E
- Velocity Actual Value(0x606C) Velocity Detection
- Position Actual Value(0x6064)
4.8.1 Related Parameters of CST Control Mode
| Index | Sub Index | Name | Access | Data Type | Unit | Setting Scope | Default Value | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x603F | —— | Error code | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
| 0x6040 | Control word | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~216-1 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6041 | Status word | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x605A | Quick stop option code | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~8 | 2 | NO | |
| 0x605B | Shut down option code | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~2 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x605C | Disable operation option code | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~2 | 1 | NO | |
| 0x6060 | Modes of Operation | RW | INTEGER8 | —— | -1~10 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6061 | Modes of Operation Display | RO | INTEGER8 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6064 | Position actual value | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x606C | Velocity actual value | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6071 | Target torque | RW | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6073 | Max current | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6074 | Torque demand | RO | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6077 | Torque actual value | RO | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6078 | Current actual value | RO | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x607F | Max profile velocity | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 800000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x2A03 | 1st torque limit | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | NO | |
| 0x2A04 | 2nd torque limit | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | NO | |
| 0x2A05 | 3rd torque limit | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | NO | |
| 0x2A06 | 4th torque limit | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | NO | |
| 0x2A47 | Velocity limit of torque mode | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x2AB1 | 0x03 | Dynamic brake sequence when fault occurs | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~7 | 5 | NO |
| 0x04 | Dynamic brake action time during deceleration of fault occrus | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~30000 | 0 | NO |
4.8.2 Control Word Setting
In the CST control mode, the meaning of each bit for control word 0x6040 is as below chart.
| 15 ●●● 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 10 Reserved | 9 Reserved | 8 Halt | 7 Fault reset | 6 Reserved | 5 Reserved | 4 Reserved | 3 Enable operation | 2 Quick stop | 1 Enable voltage | 0 Switch on |
| Bit | Name | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| Bit 0 | Name Switch on | Value 0 | Description Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | ||
| 1 | Enable voltage | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | ||
| 2 | Quick Stop | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | ||
| 3 | Enable Operation | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | ||
| 4 | Reserved | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
| 5 | Reserved | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
| 6 | Reserved | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
| 7 | Fault reset | 0->1 | Rising edge triggers fault reset |
| 8 | Halt | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
| 9 | Reserved | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
| 10~15 | Reserved | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
4.8.3 Status Word Definition
In the CST control mode, the meaning of each bit for status word 0x6041 is as below chart, in which the segment marked in dark color is the status word bit that needs to be used by the CST mode.
| 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Warning | Switch on disabled | Quick stop | Voltage enabled | Fault | Operation enabled | Switched on | Ready to switch on |
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Drive follows the command value | Internal limit | Status toggle | Remote | Reserved |
| Bit | Name | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | Ready to Switch on | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | ||
| 1 | Switched on | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | ||
| 2 | Operation enabled | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | ||
| 3 | Fault | 0 | Normal operation |
| 1 | Error condition detected | ||
| 4 | Voltage enabled | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | ||
| 5 | Quick stop | 0 | Emergency stop triggered |
| 1 | Normal operation | ||
| 6 | Switch on disabled | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | ||
| 7 | Warning | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
| 8 | Reserved | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
| 9 | Remote | 0 | Local control mode |
| 1 | Control via communication interface | ||
| 10 | Status toggle | 0 | Host has updated torque command |
| 1 | Host position command unchanged |
| Bit | Name | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 11 | Interanl limit active | 0 | No limit switch activation |
| 1 | Digital input limit active | ||
| 12 | Drive follows the command value | 0 | Drive not tracking command torque |
| 1 | Drive actively tracking command torque | ||
| 13 | Reserved | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
| 14 | Reserved | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
| 15 | Reserved | 0 | Reserved, maintain as '0' |
4.8.4 Function Parameter Setting
About the condition setting of the torque arrival and torque consistency, please see the below table.
| Index | Sub Index | Name | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A15 | 0x02 | Time constant of motion output condition | When the absolute difference between actual torque and target torque (0x6071) remains within the torque coincidence width for the duration set here, the drive activates the torque consistency signal (Status Word 0x6041, Bit 10=1). |
| 0x2A17 | —— | output condition Torque coincidence width | |
| 0x2A18 | —— | width Target torque value when torque reached | When the absolute difference between the absolute actual torque and this threshold remains within the torque coincidence width for the duration set here, the drive activates the torque arrival signal. |
4.8.5 Function Example
Step 1: Enable CST Mode
Controller writes '10' in 0x6060 and confirms whether the current mode is cyclic synchronous position mode by inquiring the value of 0x6061.
Step2: Motor Enable
Send the following sequence to object 0x6040 (Control Word): 0x06 → 0x07 → 0x0F (Shutdown → Ready to Switch On → Operation Enabled). Confirm enable status by checking if Bits 0, 1, 2 of 0x6041 (Status Word) are all 1.
Step 3: Set the Operation Parameters and control Start/Stop
Controllers generate the motion trace according to the setting operation parameters. In this way, target torque is written periodically into the controlled motors to operate.
4.9 Homing Control Mode
In homing controlling mode, the servo drive generates the motion trace according to the home acceleration/deceleration, velocity, origin offset, homing mode as well as homing sensor signal set by the upper controller. Then the system controls the motor to operate the action according to the generated motion trace. To start the homing controlling mode, 0x6060 needs to be set as "6". MDX+ EtherCAT series servo supports 39 homing modes.
• The Structure of Motion Trace Generation Function
- Limit Function
- Homing Velocity (0x6099)、Homing Acceleration/Deceleration (0x609A)
- Limit Function Trace Generation
- Emergency Stop Deceleration (0x6085)、Maximum Velocity (0x607F)
- Command Position
- Function
- Homing Mode (0x6098)、Origin Offset (0x607C)
- Origin Sensor Signal (0x2001)
• Composition of Homing Mode
- Control Command Position Position
- Velocity
- Torque
- M
- Control
- Control
- Position Deviation(0x60F4)
- Actual Velocity(0x606C)
- E
- Velocity Detection
- Actual Torque(0x6077)
- Actual Position(0x6064)
4.9.1 Related Parameters of Homing Control Mode
| Index | Sub Index | Name | Visit Type | Data Type | Unit | Setting Scope | Default Value | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x603F | —— | Error Code | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
| 0x6040 | Control Word | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~216-1 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6041 | Status Word | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x605A | Emergency Stop Mode | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~8 | 2 | NO | |
| 0x605B | Shut Mode | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~2 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x605C | Prohibited Operation Mode | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~2 | 1 | NO | |
| 0x605D | Stop Method | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x6060 | Control Mode | RW | INTEGER8 | —— | -1~10 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6061 | Control Mode Display | RO | INTEGER8 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6064 | Actual Position | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x606C | Actual Velocity | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6073 | Maximum Current | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6077 | Actual Torque | RO | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x6078 | Actual Current | RO | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x607C | Origin Offset | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses | -231~231-1 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x607F | Maximum Velocity | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 800000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6085 | Emergency Stop Deceleration | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s2 | 0~232-1 | 30000000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6098 | Homing Mode | RW | INTEGER8 | —— | -4~35 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x6099 | 0x01 | Seek for Origin high Velocity | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 0 | RxPDO |
| 0x02 | Seek for Origin low Velocity | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x609A | —— | Homing Acceleration | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s2 | 0~232-1 | 0 | RxPDO |
| 0x60F4 | Actual Location Deviation | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x2A08 | Torque Limit of hard Limit Homing Mode | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | RxPDO | |
| 0x2AB1 | 0x03 | Homing Mode The Movement of Dynamic Brakes when report errors | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~3 | 0 | NO |
| 0x04 | Brakes when report errors The longest Operation Time when report errors | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~30000 | 0 | NO |
4.9.2 Control Word Setting
In homing control mode, the meaning of each bit for control word 0x6040 is as below chart, in which the segment marked in deep color is the control word bit needs to be used by homing mode.
| 15 ●●● 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 Homing | 3 Enable | 2 | 1 Enable | 0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 10 Reserved | 9 Reserved | 8 Halt | 7 Fault reset | 6 Reserved | 5 Reserved | 4 Homing operation start | 3 Enable operation | 2 Quick stop | 1 Enable voltage | 0 Switch on |
| Bit | Name | Value | Explanation | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | Switch on | Start Servo Operation | 0 | Invalid |
| 0 1 | Invalid Valid | |||
| 1 | Enable voltage | Main Circuit Power Supply connected | 1 0 | Valid Invalid |
| 0 1 | Invalid Valid | |||
| 2 | Quick Stop | Fast Stop | 1 0 | Valid Valid |
| 0 1 | Valid Invalid | |||
| 3 | Enable Operation | Servo Operation | 1 0 | Invalid Invalid |
| 0 1 | Invalid Valid | |||
| 4 | Homing operation start | Start Returning Homing | 1 0 | Valid Homing not starts |
| 0 0->1 | Homing not starts Start Homing | |||
| 0->1 1 | Start Homing Homing in Process | |||
| 1 1->0 | Homing in Process Finish Homing | |||
| 5 | Reserved | Reserve | 1->0 0 | Finish Homing Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 5 6 | Reserved Reserved | Reserve Reserve | 0 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 6 7 | Reserved Fault reset | Reserve Report Error Reset | 0 0->1 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" Execute one Error Report Reset |
| 7 8 | Fault reset Halt | Report Error Reset Stop | 0->1 0 | Execute one Error Report Reset Invalid |
| 0 1 | Invalid Execute Stop Action according to the Stop Mode set by 0x605D. | |||
| 9 | Reserved | Reserve Function | 0 | 0x605D. Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 10~15 | Reserved | Reserve Function | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
4.9.3 Status Word Function
In homing control mode, the meaning of each bit for status word 0x6041 is as below chart, in which the segment marked dark color is the status word bit needs to be used by homing mode.
| 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Warning | Switch on disabled | Quick stop | Voltage enabled | Fault | Operation enabled | Switced on | Ready to switch on |
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Homing attained | Internal limit active | Target reached | Remote | Reserved |
| Bit | Name | Value | Explanation | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | Ready to Switch on | Servo in Ready | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 1 | Switched on | Servo operation can be started | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 2 | Operation enabled | Servo operation has been started | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 3 | Fault | Report Error | 0 | No Error |
| 1 | Exist Error | |||
| 4 | Voltage enabled | Main Circuit Power Supply connected | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 5 | Quick stop | Fast Stop | 0 | Fast Stop valid |
| 1 | Fast Stop invalid | |||
| 6 | Switch on disabled | Servo cannot operate | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 7 | Warning | Alarming | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 8 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 9 | Remote | Remote Control | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Control Word Control Valid | |||
| 10 | Target reached | Position Arrival | 0 | Control word bit8=0: Not return to origin;Control word bit8=1: Accelerating |
| 1 | bit8=1: Accelerating Control word bit8=0, origin has been reached; Control word bit8=1, velocity is 0 | |||
| 11 | Interanl limit active | Inner Limit valid | 0 | bit8=1, velocity is 0 Digital limit input is not triggered |
| 1 | Digital limit input is triggered | |||
| 12 | Homing attained | Homing Finish | 0 | Homing action does not finish. |
| 1 | Homing action has been operated | |||
| 13 | Homing error | Homing Error | 0 | Homing Normal |
| 1 | Homing Abnormal | |||
| 14 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 15 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
4.9.4 Function Example
Step1: Start Position Mode
The controller writes 6 in 0x6060 and confirms whether the current mode is homing returning mode by inquiring the value of 0x6061.
Step2: Motor Enable
Controller writes 0x6040 separately in 0x06, 0x07, 0x0f. Motors are controlled in enable status. Motors are judged whether they are in enable status by judging the bit0, bit1, bit2 are all 1.
Step3: Setting Operation Parameters
According to actual application, the controller will separately write 0x6098, 0x6099, 0x609A, 0x607C in parameters like homing returning mode, velocity, acceleration, origin offset, etc.
Step4: Start/Stop Operation
Controller can control motor's start or stop by controlling the bit4 status of 0x6040. When bit4 turns from 0 to 1, motor begins starting homing returning action.
4.9.5 Homing Mode Introduction
Homing is used to look for the position relationship among mechanical origin, location mechanical origin and mechanical zero point.
Mechanic Origin: One certain position mechanically. It could be certain known sensor or Z-phase signal of motors.
Mechanic Zero Point: Absolute 0 position mechanically
After homing has been finished, the position the motor stops is the mechanical origin. By setting origin offset 0x607C, the relationship between mechanical origin and mechanical zero point can be set.
Mechanical Origin = Mechanical Zero Point + 0x607C
When 0x607C=0, mechanical origin and mechanical zero point are covered from each other.
- H H
- Motion Trace
- Z Phase Signal
- Origin Switch Signal
- Forward Limit Switch Signal
- Backward Limit Switch Signal
H: Homing high velocity 0x6099 sub index 1
L: Origin Returning low Velocity 0x6099 Sub Index 2
Origin Switch Signal: HOM-SW=0: It means the origin signal is invalid. HOM-SW=1: It means the signal that expresses the origin signal is valid.
Forward Limit Switch Signal: POT=0: Forward limit signal is invalid POT=1: Forward limit signal is valid
Backward Limit Switch Signal:
NOT=0 Backward limit signal is invalid NOT=1 Backward limit signal is valid
Homing returning mode -4~1 is a self-defined homing returning mode by company. The drive does not need to connect switch signal outside as auxiliary signal for homing returning. Instead, by limiting the motor's torque in homing returning process, the mechanical hard limit acts as an obstacle while it touched the load from motor and drive. When the thrust is equal to the blocking force and the motor is in static way, this position is considered as the mechanical origin. In the process of returning to the origin, the torque limit of the motor is set through 0x2A08. Set 100% corresponding to 1 time of motor rated torque. Set the value of this object according to the actual application. If this setting value is too small, it may cause the bit back to the origin. Inaccurate setting and excessive setting may damage mechanical equipment.
Note: While using homing returning mode -4~1, it needs to set a suitable homing returning offset 0x607C, which leads to find the mechanical origin during the homing returning process and then backwards operate the origin offset to be away from the distance of 0x607C. The load leaves the mechanical hard limit and the actual position 0x6064 after the motor stops is 0.
Homing Returning Mode -4: Backward returning and look for backward mechanical hard limit.
- H
- Motion Trace
- Backward Mechanical Hard Limit
a) The returning starts at backward high speed and when the mechanical hard limit meets the blocking force and the torque limited by the motor, it decelerates until stops. Run at forward high speed, offset the origin by a distance of 0x607C, the position of the motor after stopping is 0x607C.
Homing Returning Mode -3: Forward returning and look for forward mechanical hard limit
- H
- Motion Trace
- Forward Mechanical Hard Limit
a) The returning starts at forward high speed and when the mechanical hard limit meets the blocking force and the torque limited by the motor, it decelerates until stops, offsets the zero point of backward high-speed operation by 0x607C and the position of the motor after stopping is 0x607C.
Homing Returning Mode -2: Backward returning and look for the backward mechanical hard limit and Z-phase pulse signal.
- H
- Offset Motion Trace
- Z Phase Signal
- Backward Mechanical Hard Limit
a) Start returning at backward high speed and when the mechanical hard limit meets the blocking force and the torque limited by the motor, it decelerates until stops and operates at low speed forward. When it meets the first Z-pulse then it stops and offsets the origin of forward high speed operation by 0x607C. The position of the motor is 0x607C after stopping.
Homing Returning Mode -1: Forward returning and look for forward mechanical hard limit and Z-phase pulse signal.
- H
- Motion Trace
- Z Phase Signal
- Forward mechanical hard limit
a) Start returning at forward high speed and when the mechanical hard limit meets the blocking force and the torque limited by the motor, it decelerates until stops, operates backward at low speed and stops when it meets the first Z pulse. It offsets the origin at backward high speed operation by 0x607C. The position of the motor is 0x607C after stopping.
The homing returning mode 1~35 is the one defined according to CiA402 motion control protocol.
Caution:
When the homing returning mode 1~35 is used, after the motor returns homing, the actual position 0x6064 of motor is the value offset 0x607C from origin.
Homing Returning Mode 1: Backward returning and look for backward limit and Z pulse signal.
- H L
- Motion Trace
- L
- Z Phase Signal
- Backward limit signal
a) When it starts returning NOT=0, it does so at negative high speed. When it meets NOT rising edge, it decelerates and turns backward and forward at low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of NOT falling edge, it stops.
b) When it starts returning NOT=1, it does so at forward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of NOT falling edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 2: Forward returning and look for forward limit and Z pulse signal.
- H
- Motion Trace
- L
- Z Phase Signal
- Forward Limit Switch Signal
a) When it starts returning POT=0 and begins returning at forward high speed. When it meets POT rising edge, it decelerates and turns backward and forward at low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of POT falling edge, it stops.
b) When it starts returning POT=1, it begins returning at backward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse at the POT falling edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 3: Forward returning and look for origin sensor falling edge and Z pulse signal.
- H
- Motion Trace
- L
- Z Phase Signal
- Origin Switch Signal
a) When it starts returning HOM-SW=0, it begins returning at forward high speed. When it meets the rising edge of HOM-SW, it decelerates and changes backward and operates at low speed. When it meets the falling edge of HOM-SW, it stops.
b) When it starts returning HOM-SW=1, it begins returning at backward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of the HOM-SW falling edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 4: Forward returning and look for origin sensor rising edge as well as Z pulse signal.
- H
- Motion Trace
- Z Phase Signal
- Origin Switch Signal
a) When it starts returning HOM-SW=0, it does so at forward high speed. When it meets HOM-SW rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. After it moves at backward low speed to HOM- SW invalid position and decelerates until stops. Then it will run at a positive low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse after HW rising edge, it stops.
b) When it starts returning, HOM-SW=1, it begins returning at backward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW falling edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it will operate forward at low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM-SW rising edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 5: Backward returning and look for origin sensor falling edge and Z pulse signal.
- H
- Motion Trace
- L
- Z-phase Signal
- Origin Switch Signal
a) When it start returning HOM-SW=0, it does so at backward high speed. When it meets HOM- SW rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it will run forward at low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM-SW falling edge, it stops.
b) When it starts returning HOM-SW=1, it does so at forward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM-SW falling edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 6: Backward returning and look for origin sensor rising edge and Z pulse signal.
- H
- Motion Trace
- L
- L L
- Z-phase Signal
- Origin Switch Signal
a) When it begins returning HOM-SW=0, it does so at backward high speed. When it meets HOM- SW rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves forward at low speed until the invalid position of HOM-SW. It decelerates and stops and then it runs at backward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HW rising edge, it stops.
b) When it begins returning HOM-SW=1, it does so at forward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW falling edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it will run backward at low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM-SW rising edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 7: Forward returning and look for origin sensor falling edge and Z pulse signal. When it meets forward limit, it turns backward automatically.
- H
- Motion Trace
- Z-phase Signal
- Origin Switch Signal
- Forward Limit Switch Signal
- a ) When it begins returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the backward side of the origin sensor's position, it does that at forward high speed. When it meets HOM-SW rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at backward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM-SW falling edge, it stops. b) When it begins returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the forward side of the position of origin sensor, it does that at forward high speed. When it meets POT rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it will run at backward high speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM-SW falling edge, it stops. c) When it starts returning HOM-SW=1 and it begins returning at backward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM-SW falling edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 8: Forward returning and look for origin sensor rising edge and Z pulse signal. When it meets forward limit, it turns backward automatically.
- H
- L
- Motion Trace
- Z-phase Signal
- Origin Switch Signal
- Forward Limit Switch Signal
a) When it starts returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the backward side of the location of origin sensor, it does that at forward high speed. When it meets HOM-SW rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. It runs at backward low speed until it decelerates to stop. Then it runs at forward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM-SW rising edge, it stops. b) When it begins returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the forward side of the location of origin sensor, it does so at forward high speed. When it meets POT's rising edge, it decelerates and backward. It runs at backward high speed. When it meets HOM-SW's falling edge, it decelerates and turns forward and backward at low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM-SW rising edge, it stops. c) When it starts returning HOM-SW=1, it does that at backward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW falling edge, it decelerates and turns backward and forward with low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM-SW rising edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 9: Forward returning and look for the rising edge of origin sensor and Z pulse signal. When it meets forward limit, it turns backward automatically.
- H
- Motion Trace
- Z-phase Signal
- Origin Switch Signal
- Forward Limit Switch Signal
a) When it starts returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the backward side of the position of origin sensor. Then it returns at forward high speed. When it decelerates after HOM-SW falling edge,it turns backward and runs at backward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse after HOM-SW rising edge, it stops.
b) When it starts returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the forward side of the position of origin sensor, it does that at forward high speed. When it meets POT's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it runs at backward high speed. When it meets HOM-SW's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. It runs at forward low speed until the invalid position of HOM-SW and then it decelerates and stops. After that, it runs at backward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of rising edge of HOM-SW, it stops.
c) When it begins returning HOM-SW=1, it does that at forward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW falling edge, it decelerates and turns backward. It runs at backward low speed and when it meets the first Z pulse of HOM- SW's rising edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 10: Forward returning and look for the falling edge of origin sensor and Z pulse signal. When it meets forward limit, it turns backward automatically.
- H
- L
- Motion Trace
- Z-phase Signal
- Origin Switch Signal
- Forward Limit Switch Signal
a) When it starts returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the backward side of the position of origin sensor, it does that at forward high speed. When it meets the HOM-SW rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at backward low speed to HOM-SW invalid location. After that it decelerates and stops and runs at forward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM-SW's falling edge, it stops.
b) When it starts returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the forward side of the position of origin sensor, it does that at forward high speed. When it meets POT's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it runs at backward high speed. When it meets HOM-SW's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward and then it runs at forward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM-SW falling edge, it stops.
c) When it starts returning HOM-SW=1, it does that at forward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of the HOM-SW falling edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 11: Backward returning and look for the falling edge of origin sensor and Z pulse signal. When it meets backward limit, it turns backward automatically.
- H
- Motion Trace
- Z-phase Signal
- Origin Switch Signal
- Backward Limit Switch Signal
a) When it starts returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the forward side of the location of origin sensor, it does that at backward high speed. When it meets HOM-SW's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it runs at forward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM-SW falling edge, it stops.
b) When it begins returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the backward side of the location of origin sensor, it does that at backward high speed. When it meets NOT rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it will run at forward high speed. When it meets HOM-SW's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. The it runs at backward low speed to HOM-SW invalid location. After that, it decelerates and stops and runs at forward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of the HOM-SW's falling edge, it stops.
c) When it begins returning HOM-SW=1, it does that at forward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM- SW falling edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 12: Backward returning and look for origin sensor rising edge and Z pulse signal. When it meets backward limit, it turns backward automatically.
- H
- Motion Trace
- Z-phase Signal
- Origin Switch Signal
- Backward Limit Switch Signal
a) When it begins returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the forward side of the position of the origin sensor, it does that at backward high speed. When it meets HOM-SW rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward low speed and after reaching HOM-SW invalid location, it decelerates and stops. After that, it moves at backward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM-SW rising edge, it stops.
b) When it begins returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the backward side of the location of the origin sensor, it does that at backward high speed. After it meets NOT's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward high speed. After it meets HOM-SW's falling edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at backward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM-SW's rising edge, it stops.
c) When it begins returning HOM-SW=1, it does that at forward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's falling edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at backward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM-SW rising edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 13: Backward returning and look for origin sensor's rising edge and Z pulse signal. When it meets backward limit, it turns backward automatically.
- H
- L
- H
- H
- Motion Trace
- L L
- L
- Z-phase Signal
- Origin Switch Signal
- Backward Limit Switch Signal
a) When it begins returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the forward side of the location of origin sensor, it does that at backward high speed. After it meets HOM-SW's falling edge, it decelerates and moves backward, it moves at forward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM-SW's rising edge, it stops.
b) When it begins returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the backward side of the location of the origin sensor, it does that at backward high speed. After it meets NOT's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward high speed. After it meets HOM-SW's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. It moves at backward low speed to HOM-SW's invalid location, then it decelerates and stops. After that, it moves at forward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM-SW's rising edge, it stops.
c) When it begins returning HOM-SW=1, it moves at backward low speed. After it meets HOM-SW falling edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM- SW's rising edge, it stops. Homing Returning Mode 14: Backward returning and look for origin sensor's falling edge and Z pulse signal. When it meets backward limit, it turns backward automatically.
- H
- L H
- Motion Trace
- Z-phase Signal
- Origin Switch Signal
- Backward Limit Switch Signal
a) When it begins returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the forward side of the location of origin sensor, it does that at backward high speed. After it meets HOM-SW's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward low speed to HOM-SW invalid location, decelerates and stops. After that it moves at backward low speed. When it meets the first Z Pulse if HOM-SW's falling edge, it stops.
b) When it begins returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the backward side of the position of origin sensor, it does that at backward high speed. After it meets NOT's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward high speed. After it meets HOM-SW's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at backward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM-SW's falling edge, it stops.
c) When it begins returning HOM-SW=1, it does that at backward low speed. When it meets the first Z pulse of HOM-SW's falling edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 15,16 Reserve
Homing Returning Mode 17: Backward returning and look for the backward limit signal
- H
- L
- Motion Trace
- L
- Backward Limit Switch Signal
a) When it begins returning NOT=0, it does that at backward high speed. After it meets NOT's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward low speed. When it meets NOT's falling edge, it stops.
b) When it begins returning NOT=1, it does that at forward low speed. When it meets NOT's falling edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 18: Forward returning and look for positive limit signal
- Motion Trace
- Forward Limit Switch Signal
a) When it begins returning POT=0, it does that at forward high speed. After it meets POT's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at backward low speed. When it meets POT's falling edge, it stops.
b) When it begins returning POT=1, it does that at backward low speed. When it meets POT's falling edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 19: Forward returning and look for origin sensor falling edge signal
- H
- L
- Motion Trace
- L
- Origin Switch Signal
a) When it begins returning HOM-SW=0, it does that at forward high speed. After it meets HOM- SW's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at backward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's falling edge, it stops.
b) When it begins returning HOM-SW=1, it does that at backward low speed. When it meets HOM- SW's falling edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 20: Forward returning and look for origin sensor rising edge signal
- Motion Trace
- Origin Switch Signal
a) When it begins returning HOM-SW=0, it does that at forward high speed. After meeting HOM- SW's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at backward low speed to HOM-SW's invalid location and stops. After that, it moves at forward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's rising edge, it stops.
b) When it begins returning HOM-SW=1, it does that at backward low speed. After it meets HOM- SW falling edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW rising edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 21: Backward returning and look for origin sensor falling edge signal
- H
- L Motion Trace
- L
- Origin Switch Signal
a) When it begins returning HOM-SW=0, it does that at backward high speed. After meeting HOM- SW's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's falling edge, it stops.
b) When it begins returning HOM-SW=1, it does that at forward low speed. When it meets HOM- SW falling edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 22: Backward returning and look for origin sensor rising edge signal
- Motion Trace
- Origin Switch Signal
a) When it begins returning HOM-SW=0, it does that at backward high speed. After it meets HOM- SW's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it runs at forward low speed to HOM- SW invalid location and decelerates and stops. After that, it runs at backward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's rising edge, it stops.
b) When it begins returning HOM-SW=1, it does that at forward low speed. After meeting HOM- SW's falling edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at backward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's rising edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 23: Forward returning and look for origin sensor's falling edge signal. When it meets forward limit, it turns reverse immediately.
- Motion Trace
- Origin Switch Signal
- Forward Limit Switch Signal
a) When it starts returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the backward side of the location of the origin sensor, then it does that at forward high speed. After meeting HOM-SW's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at backward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's falling edge, it stops. b) When it starts returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the forward side of the location of origin sensor, it does that at forward high speed. After meeting POT's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at backward high speed. When meeting HOM-SW's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward low speed to HOM-SW invalid location and then decelerates until stops. After that, it moves at backward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's falling edge, it stops. c) When it returns HOM-SW=1, it does that at backward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's falling edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 24: Forward returning and looking for origin sensor's rising edge. When it meets forward limit, then it turns to backward automatically.
- Motion Trace
- Origin Switch Signal
- Forward Limit Switch Signal
a) When it begins returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the backward side of the location of origin sensor, it does that at forward high speed. After meeting HOM-SW's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at backward low speed to HOM-SW invalid location, decelerates until stops. After that, it moves at forward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW rising edge, it stops.
b) When it begins returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the forward side of the location of the origin sensor, it does that at forward high speed. After meeting POT's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at backward high speed. After meeting HOM-SW's falling edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's rising edge, it stops.
c) When it begins returning HOM-SW=1, it does that at backward low speed. After meeting HOM-SW's falling edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward low speed. When it meets HOM- SW's rising edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 25: Forward returning and look for origin sensor rising edge signal. When it meets the forward limit, it turns backward automatically.
- Motion Trace
- Origin Switch Signal
- Forward Limit Switch Signal
a) When it starts returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the backward side of the location of origin sensor, it does that at forward high speed. After meeting HOM-SW's falling edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at backward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's rising edge, it stops. b) When it starts returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the forward side of the location of the origin sensor, it does that at forward high speed. After meeting POT's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at backward high speed. After meeting HOM-SW's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward low speed to HOM-SW's invalid location, decelerates until stops. After that it moves at backward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's rising edge, it stops. c) When it starts returning and HOM-SW=1, it does that at forward low speed. After meeting HOM-SW's falling edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at backward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's rising edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 26: Forward returning and look for origin sensor falling edge signal. When it meets forward limit, it turns backward automatically.
- Motion Trace
- Origin Switch Signal
- Forward Limit Switch Signal
a) When it starts returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the backward side of the location of the origin sensor, it does that at forward high speed. After meeting HOM-SW's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at backward to HOM-SW's invalid location, decelerates until stops. After that it moves at forward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's falling edge, it stops.
b) When it begins returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the forward side of the location of origin sensor, it does that at forward high speed. When it meets POT rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it will run at backward high speed. After meeting HOM-SW's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's falling edge, it stops.
c) When it starts returning HOM-SW=1, it does that at forward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's falling edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 27: Backward returning and look for the origin sensor falling edge signal. When it meets backward limit, it turns forward automatically.
- H
- L
- Motion Trace
- L
- L
- Origin Switch Signal
- Backward Limit Switch Signal
a) When it starts returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the forward side of the location of the origin sensor, it does that at the backward high speed. After meeting HOM-SW rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's falling edge, it stops.
b) When it starts returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the backward side of the location of the origin sensor, it does that at backward high speed. After meeting NOT's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward high speed. After meeting HOM-SW's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it move at backward low speed to HOM-SW's invalid location and then it decelerates until stops. After that it moves at forward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's falling edge, it stops.
c) When it starts returning HOM-SW=1, it does that at forward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's falling edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 28: Backward returning and look for origin sensor rising edge signal. When it meets backward limit, it turns forward automatically.
- H
- L
- Motion Trace
- L
- L
- L
- Origin Switch Signal
- Backward Limit Switch Signal
a) When it starts returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at forward side of the location of the origin sensor, it does that at backward high speed. After meeting HOM-SW's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward low speed to HOM-SW's invalid location, decelerates and stops. After that it moves at backward low speed. When it meets HOM`SW's rising edge, it stops.
b) When it starts returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the backward of the location of the origin sensor, it does that at backward high speed. After meeting NOT's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward high speed. After meeting HOM-SW's falling edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at backward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's rising edge, it stops.
c) When it starts returning HOM-SW=1, it does that at forward low speed. After meeting HOM-SW's falling edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at backward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW rising edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 29: Backward retuning and look for origin sensor rising edge signal. When it meets backward limit, it turns backward automatically.
- H
- L
- Motion Trace
- L
- L
- L
- Origin Switch Signal
- Backward Limit Switch Signal
a) When it starts returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at forward side of the position of origin sensor, it starts returning at backward high speed. When it meets HOM-SW's falling edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's rising edge, it stops.
b) When it starts returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at backward side of the location of origin sensor, it does that at backward high speed. After meeting NOT's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward high speed. After meeting HOM-SW's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at backward low speed to HOM-SW invalid location, decelerates until stops. After that it moves at forward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's rising edge, it stops.
c) When it starts returning HOM-SW=1, it moves at backward low speed. After meeting HOM-SW's falling edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's rising edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 30: Backward returning and look for origin sensor falling edge signal. When it meets backward limit, it turns backward automatically.
- Motion Trace
- Origin Switch Signal
- Backward Limit Switch Signal
a) When it starts returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the forward side of the location of the origin sensor, it does that at backward high speed. After meeting HOM-SW rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward low speed to HOM-SW invalid location, decelerates until stops. After that, it moves at backward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's falling edge, it stops.
b) When it starts returning HOM-SW=0 and it is located at the backward side of the location of origin sensor, it does that at backward high speed. After meeting NOT's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Then it moves at forward high speed. When it meets HOM-SW's rising edge, it decelerates and moves backward. Now it moves at backward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's falling edge, it stops.
c) When it starts returning HOM-SW=1, it does that at backward low speed. When it meets HOM-SW's falling edge, it stops.
Homing Returning Mode 31/32 Reserve
Homing Returning Mode 33: Backward returning and look for the first Z pulse signal
- L
- Motion Trace
- Z-phase Signal
- a) It starts returning at backward low speed and meets the first Z pulse signal and stops.
Homing Returning Mode 34: Forward returning and look for the first Z pulse signal
- L Motion Trace
- Z-phase Signal
- a) It starts returning at forward low speed and meets the first Z pulse signal and stops.
Homing Returning Mode 35: Put the Current Location as Mechanical Origin
- Backward Mechanical Hard Limit Forward Mechanical Hard Limit
- Mechanical Origin Mechanical Origin
4.10 Q Program Control Mode
Q programming mode is a unique control mode which MOONS`has for its product. By using Q programming, complex motion control that cannot be realized by CiA402 motion control protocol can be realized. Each drive can download up to 12 Q programs and each Q program can support up to 63 lines. The Q program must be edited by Luna software and downloaded to the driver EEPROM supporting Q programming function in advance. The controller sends instructions to call the Q program through EtherCAT communication. To enable the Q programming control mode, 0x6060 needs to be set to -1.
4.10.1 Related Parameter of Q Program Control Mode
| Index | Sub Index | Name | Visiting Type | Data Type | Unit | Setting Scope | Default Value | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x603F | —— | Error Code | Type RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | Scope —— | Value 0 | TxPDO |
| 0x603F 0x6040 | Error Code Control Word | RO RW | UNSIGNED16 UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~216-1 | 0 0 | TxPDO RxPDO | |
| 0x6040 0x6041 | Control Word Status Word | RW RO | UNSIGNED16 UNSIGNED16 | —— | 02-1 —— | 0 0 | RxPDO TxPDO | |
| 0x6041 0x605A | Status Word Fast Stop Mode | RO RW | UNSIGNED16 INTEGER16 | —— | 0~8 | 0 2 | TxPDO NO | |
| 0x605A 0x605B | Fast Stop Mode Shut Mode | RW RW | INTEGER16 INTEGER16 | —— | 08 0~1 | 2 1 | NO NO | |
| 0x605B 0x605C | Shut Mode Prohibited Operation Mode | RW RW | INTEGER16 INTEGER16 | —— | 01 0~1 | 1 1 | NO NO | |
| 0x605C 0x605D | Prohibited Operation Mode Stop Mode | RW RW | INTEGER16 INTEGER16 | —— | 01 0~1 | 1 0 | NO NO | |
| 0x605D 0x6060 | Stop Mode Control Mode | RW RW | INTEGER16 INTEGER8 | —— | 01 -1~10 | 0 0 | NO RxPDO | |
| 0x6060 0x6061 | Control Mode Control Mode Display | RW RO | INTEGER8 INTEGER8 | —— | -110 —— | 0 0 | RxPDO TxPDO | |
| 0x6061 0x6064 | Control Mode Display Actual Position | RO RO | INTEGER8 INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 0 | TxPDO TxPDO | |
| 0x6064 0x606C | Actual Position Actual Velocity | RO RO | INTEGER32 INTEGER32 | Pulses Pulses/s | —— | 0 0 | TxPDO TxPDO | |
| 0x606C 0x6073 | Actual Velocity Maximum Current | RO RW | INTEGER32 UNSIGNED16 | Pulses/s 0.1% | 0~3000 | 0 3000 | TxPDO RxPDO | |
| 0x6073 0x6077 | Maximum Current Actual Torque | RW RO | UNSIGNED16 INTEGER16 | 0.1% 0.1% | 03000 —— | 3000 0 | RxPDO TxPDO | |
| 0x6077 0x6078 | Actual Torque Actual Current | RO RO | INTEGER16 INTEGER16 | 0.1% 0.1% | —— | 0 0 | TxPDO TxPDO | |
| 0x6078 0x607F | Actual Current Maximum Velocity | RO RW | INTEGER16 UNSIGNED32 | 0.1% Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 0 800000 | TxPDO RxPDO | |
| 0x607F 0x6085 | Maximum Velocity Fast Stop Deceleration | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s Pulses/s2 | 02-1 0~232-1 | 800000 30000000 | RxPDO NO | |
| 0x6085 0x60F4 | Fast Stop Deceleration Actual Position Deviation | RW RO | UNSIGNED32 INTEGER32 | Pulses/s Pulses | 02-1 —— | 30000000 0 | NO TxPDO | |
| 0x60F4 0x2007 | Actual Position Deviation Q Program Number | RO RW | INTEGER32 UNSIGNED8 | Pulses —— | 1~12 | 0 1 | TxPDO RxPDO | |
| 0x2007 0x2AB1 | 0x03 | Q Program Number Dynamic Brake Movement when Error Report | RW RW | UNSIGNED8 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 112 0~3 | 1 0 | RxPDO NO |
| 0x04 | when Error Report The longest Movement Time when Error Report | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~30000 | 0 | NO |
4.10.2 Control Word Setting
In Q program control mode, the meaning of each bit of control word 0x6040 is as follows, in which the segment marked in deep color is the control word bits that are needed to us in Q program mode.
| 15 ●●● 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 10 Reserved | 9 Reserved | 8 Halt | 7 Fault reset | 6 Reserved | 5 Reserved | 4 Q program start | 3 Enable operation | 2 Quick stop | 1 Enable voltage | 0 Switch on |
| Bit | Name | Value | Explanation | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | Switch on | Start Servo Operation | 0 | Invalid |
| 0 1 | Invalid Valid | |||
| 1 | Enable voltage | Connect Main Circuit Power Supply | 1 0 | Valid Invalid |
| 0 1 | Invalid Valid | |||
| 2 | Quick Stop | Fast Stop | 1 0 | Valid Valid |
| 0 1 | Valid Invalid | |||
| 3 | Enable Operation | Servo Operation | 1 0 | Invalid Invalid |
| 0 1 | Invalid Valid | |||
| 4 | Q program start | Start and Operate Q Program | 1 0->1 | Valid Start the called Q segment |
| 5 | Reserved | Program Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 5 6 | Reserved Reserved | Reserve Reserve | 0 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 6 7 | Reserved Fault reset | Reserve Error Report Reset | 0 0->1 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" Execute one Error Report Reset |
| 7 8 | Fault reset Halt | Error Report Reset Stop | 0->1 0 | Execute one Error Report Reset Invalid |
| 0 1 | Invalid Execute Stop Movement according to Stop Mode set by 0x605D | |||
| 9 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | 0x605D Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 9 10~15 | Reserved Reserved | Reserve Reserve | 0 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
4.10.3 Status Word Definition
In Q program control mode, the meaning of each bit of control word 0x6041 is as follows, in which the segment marked in deep color is the control word bits that are needed to us in Q program mode.
| 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Warning | Switch on disabled | Quick stop | Voltage enabled | Fault | Operation enabled | Switched on | Ready to switch on |
| 15 | 14 | 13 | 12 | 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Internal limit | Target Reached | Remote | Reserved |
| Bit | Name | Value | Explanation | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | Ready to Switch on | Servo in Ready | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 1 | Switched on | Servo Operation can be started | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 2 | Operation enabled | Servo Operation has been started | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 3 | Fault | Error Reporting | 0 | No Error |
| 1 | Exist Error | |||
| 4 | Voltage enabled | Main Circuit Power Supply connected | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 5 | Quick stop | Fast Stop | 0 | Fast Stop valid |
| 1 | Fast Stop invalid | |||
| 6 | Switch on disabled | Servo cannot operate. | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Valid | |||
| 7 | Warning | Alarming | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 8 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 9 | Remote | Remote Control | 0 | Invalid |
| 1 | Control Word Control valid | |||
| 10 | Target Reached | Q program running completed | 0 | Control Word bit8=0:Q program does not finish operating Control Word bit8=1:Decelerating |
| 1 | Control Word bit8=0:Q program finishes operating Control Word bit8=1: Velocity=0 | |||
| 11 | Interanl limit active | Inner Limit valid | 0 | Digital Limit Input not triggered |
| 1 | Digital Limit Input triggered | |||
| 12 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 13 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 14 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
| 15 | Reserved | Reserve | 0 | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
4.10.4 Function Example
Step1. Start Q Program Mode
The controller writes -1 to 0x6060 and confirms whether the current mode is Q program mode by inquiring the value of 0x6061.
Step2. Motor Enable
The controller successively writes 0x06, 0x07 and 0x0f to 0x6040 and controls the motor to enter the enable state.Then it is judged whether the motor is in enable state by judging whether bit0, bit1 and bit2 of 0x6041 are all 1.
Step3. Set Operation Parameters
According to actual application, the controller writes the calling Q segment number to 0x2007.
Step4. Start/Stop Operation
The controller can control the start/ stop of the motor by controlling the status of bit 4 of 0x6040. When bit 4 changes from 0 to 1, the motor starts executing Q program.
5 Application Function
5.1 Digital I/O Function, both Input and Output
MDX+ series low voltage servo EtherCAT motor, IP20 model has 6 general input ports and 3 general output ports that can be assigned specific functions in input and output I/O, IP65 model has 4 general input ports and 2 general output ports that can be assigned specific functions in input and output I/O, and the assignable signals can also be set logically; multiple functions cannot be assigned to the same general input and general output port, and the same function cannot be assigned to different general input or general output ports at the same time.
General input X1 and X2 are high-speed input ports. When using functions with precision requirements, please use X1 and X2 high-speed input ports.
■ List of assignable Function Inputs
| Function Name | Symbol | Function Code | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Closed | Open | ||
| General Input | GPIN | 0 | |
| Alarming Clear | A-CLR | 3 | 4 |
| Forward Rotation Prohibition Limit | CW-LMT | 5 | 6 |
| Reverse Rotation Prohibition Limit | CCW-LMT | 7 | 8 |
| Gain Switching | GAIN-SEL | 11 | 12 |
| Emergency Stop | E-STOP | 13 | 14 |
| Torque Limit Input | TQ-LMT | 19 | 20 |
| Zero Speed Clamp Input | ZCLAMP | 21 | 22 |
| Velocity Limit Input | V-LMT | 37 | 38 |
| Origin Sensor | HOM-SW | 39 | 40 |
| Virtual Forward Rotation Prohibition Limit | Virtual-CW-LMT | 41 | 42 |
| Virtual Backward Rotation Prohibition Limit | Virtual-CCW-LMT | 43 | 44 |
Closed: Digital Input Optocoupler connected Open: Digital Input Optocoupler disconnected
• General Input
General digital input does not affect motor's movement. The controller can monitor input port status.
• Alarming Clear
The drive alarm status is cleared by the external digital signal. Part of the alarm status cannot be eliminated by such function.
• Forward Rotation Prohibition Limit
Prohibit the input of movement towards forward direction. After this input is valid, the motor decelerates until stops according to the fast stop deceleration 0x6085. The digital input 0x60FD's bit1 (Forward Limit)is set as 1. The status word 0x6041's bit11(Inertia Limit Active) is set as "1". Under homing returning mode , external forward limit signal is used.
• Reverse Rotation Prohibition Limit
Prohibit the input of movement towards backward direction. After this input is valid, the motor decelerates until stops according to fast stop deceleration 0x6085. The digital input 0x60FD's bit0 (Backward Limit) is set as "1". The status word 0x6041's bit11 (Inertia limit active) is set as "1". Under homing returning mode, external backward limit signal is used.
• Gain Switching
Group 1 or Group 2 gain parameters are chosen to use through external digital signal. When this input is valid, use the Group 2 gain parameter. When this input is invalid, use the Group 1 gain parameter.
• Emergency Stop
Control the motor to decelerate until stop through external digital signal. When this input is valid, motor decelerates until stops according to the stop mode set by 0x2038.
• Torque Limit Input
Switch the torque limit according to external digital signal. When this input is valid, motor limits the motor torque according to the I/O control mode set by 0x2A02 as torque limit mode.
• Zero Speed Clamp Input
Command velocity is forced to set as 0 through external digital signal. After this input is valid, when the absolute value of motor actual velocity is within the zero speed judgment threshold (0x2A16 sub index 1) and the duration time reaches the setting time set by 0x2A15 sub index 2, then the servo system will enter zero position blocked status. At this time, the drive controls by inner position ring. Even if the motor rotates because of the external force, it will return the clamp position.
• Velocity Limit Input
Motor velocity is limited under the torque mode through the external digital signal. When this input is valid, the velocity limit function affects. The velocity limit value is set by 0x6081.
• Homing Sensor
Under the homing returning mode, it means the deceleration signal or origin signal in the process of homing return. When this input is valid, the digital input's 0x60FD's bit2 (origin switch) is set as 1.
• Virtual Forward Rotation Prohibition Limit
When this limit is valid, the motor movement is not affected. The digital input 0x60FD's bit1 (Forward Limit) is set as 1.Under the homing returning mode, the external forward limit signal is used.
• Virtual Backward Rotation Prohibition Limit
When this input is valid, the motor movement is not affected. The digital input 0x60FD's bit0 (Backward Limit) is set as 1.Under the homing returning mode, external backward limit signal is used.
■ Input Port Related Parameters
| Index | Sub Index | Code | Command | Name | Visiting Type | Data Type | Unit | Setting Scope | Default Value | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A20 | Index 0x01 | P5-00 | MU1 | Digital Input 1 Function | Type RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | Scope 0~46 | Value 7 | NO |
| 0x02 | P5-01 | MU2 | Digital Input 2 Function | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~46 | 5 | NO | |
| 0x03 | P5-02 | MU3 | Digital Input 3 Function | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~46 | 3 | NO | |
| 0x04 | P5-03 | MU4 | Digital Input 4 Function | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~46 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x05 | P5-04 | MU5 | Digital Input 5 Function | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~46 | 13 | NO | |
| 0x06 | P5-05 | MU6 | Digital Input 6 Function | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~46 | 19 | NO | |
| 0x2A21 | 0x01 | P5-28 | FI1 | Digital Input 1 Filter | RW | UNSIGNED16 | ms | 0~8000 | 0 | NO |
| 0x02 | P5-29 | FI2 | Digital Input 2 Filter | RW | UNSIGNED16 | ms | 0~8000 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x03 | P5-30 | FI3 | Digital Input 3 Filter | RW | UNSIGNED16 | ms | 0~8000 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x04 | P5-31 | FI4 | Digital Input 4 Filter | RW | UNSIGNED16 | ms | 0~8000 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x05 | P5-32 | FI5 | Digital Input 5 Filter | RW | UNSIGNED16 | ms | 0~8000 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x06 | P5-33 | FI6 | Digital Input 6 Filter | RW | UNSIGNED16 | ms | 0~8000 | 0 | NO |
Note: Do not set the parameter value of 0x2A20 as the value beyond the function code.
■ Distributable Function Output List
| Function Name | Symbol | Function Code | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Closed | Open | ||
| General Input | GPOUT | 0 | |
| Error Output | ALM | 1 | 2 |
| Warning Output | WARN | 3 | 4 |
| Brake Release Output | BRK | 5 | 6 |
| Servo on Status | SON-ST | 7 | 8 |
| Position Finish | COIN | 9 | 10 |
| Dynamic Deviation Follow | DYM-LMT | 11 | 12 |
| Torque Arrival | TQ-REACH | 13 | 14 |
| Torque in Restriction | T-LMT | 15 | 16 |
| Velocity Accordance | V-COIN | 17 | 18 |
| Velocity Arrival | AT-SPD | 19 | 20 |
| Velocity in Restriction | V-LMT | 21 | 22 |
| Servo Ready | S-RDY | 23 | 24 |
| Homing Finish | HOMED | 25 | 26 |
| Software Limit (CW) | SLCW | 27 | 28 |
| Software Limit (CCW) | SLCCW | 29 | 30 |
| Position Arrival | IN-POS | 31 | 32 |
| Zero Speed Detection Output | Z-SPD | 33 | 34 |
| Torque Accordance | T-COIN | 35 | 36 |
Closed: Digital Input Optocoupler connected Open: Digital Input Optocoupler disconnected
• General Output General digital output, the controller can force to control the output signal status.
• Error Output When the drive occurs alarming of error as alarming type, this output is valid.
• Warning Output When the drive occurs alarming of warning as alarming type, this output is valid.
• Brake Release Output
It is used to control motor of its electromagnetic brake's movement. As the brake has movement delay, in order to avoid brake being destroyed, motion sequence should be be noticed when using. When working at CSP, CSV and CST control mode during work, the setting value of P5-24 parameters is invalid. When designing the control program, it is obliged to reserve plenty of time to guarantee the motor's movement after the opening of brake, otherwise it will damage the motor brake.
- ON
- S_ON Signal
- OFF
- ON
- Energized Motor
- OFF
- ON
- BRK Signal
- OFF
- ON
- Brake Movement
- OFF
- ON
- Motion Command
- OFF
- ON
- Actual Movement
- OFF
- Movement Wait Time set by P5-24 Disable Delay set by P5-25
• Servo on Status
When servo enable is on, this output is valid.
• Positioning Finish When no new position command is received internally within the command position input finish detection time 0x2A15 sub index 4, the absolute value of the position deviation value is within the position error threshold 0x2A15 sub index 3 of the positioning finish signal and the duration reaches the set time of 0x2A15 sub index 2. This output is valid.
- Command Position Actual Position
- (Position Finish Signal Error Threshold )
- 0x2A15-Sub2
- (Movement Judgment Condition Counting Time)
- 0x2A15-Sub4
- (Command Position Input Finish Detection Time)
- Position Finish Signal
• Dynamic Deviation Follow The output is valid when the absolute value of the position deviation value is within the dynamic following error threshold 0x2A15 sub index 1.
- Position Deviation Curve
- 0x2A15-Sub1
- 0
- -(0x2A15-Sub1)
- Dynamic Deviation Follow Signal
• Torque Arrival In the torque rising stage, this output is valid when the absolute value of the difference between the absolute value of the actual torque and the judgment torque reaching the target value 0x2A18 is greater than 0x2A17 and the duration reaches the set time of 0x2A15 sub index 2.
In the torque reduction stage, when judging the difference between the target value 0x2A18 and the absolute value of the actual torque is less than 0x2A17, this output is invalid.
- Torque
- 0x2A17
- 0x2A18 -0x2A17
- Time
- Torque Arrival Signal
• Torque in Restriction
The output is valid when the output torque reaches the torque limit set value in the corresponding torque limit mode.
• Velocity Accordance
This output is valid when the absolute value of the speed deviation value is within the speed consistent fluctuation range 0x2A16 sub index 3 and the duration reaches the set time of 0x2A15 sub index 2.
- Command Velocity
- Command Velocity after Acceleration
- and Deceleration Processing Velocity
- 0x2A16-Sub3
- Actual Velocity
- 0x2A16-Sub3
- 0x2A16-Sub3
- Time
- Velocity Accordance Signal
• Velocity Arrival
The output is valid when the absolute value of the actual velocity exceeds the setting value of the judgment velocity arrival target value and the last time reaches the 0x2A15 sub index 2 setting time.
- Velocity
- 0x2A16-Sub2
- Time
- 0x2A15-Sub2 0
- Velocity Arrival Signal
No Output No Output
• Velocity in Restriction
This output is valid when the actual velocity reaches the maximum of the motor or the velocity limit in torque mode.
• Servo Ready
This output is valid when the main circuit and control circuit have been connected, if the drive does not appear error alarming.
• Homing Finish
This output is valid when the homing returning action finishes normally.
• Software Limit (CW)
This output is valid when the actual position exceeds the software limit value in the positive direction.
• Software Limit (CCW)
This output is valid when the actual position exceeds the software limit value in the negative direction.
• Position Arrival
This output is valid when the absolute value of the difference between the actual position of the motor and the absolute arrival position 0x2A14 is not greater than 100 pulses.
- Actual Position
- pulses
- 0x2A14 0x2A14+100
- 0x2A14-100
- Time
- Position Arrival Signal No Output
• Zero Speed Detection Output
This output is valid when the absolute value of the actual velocity is within the zero speed judgment threshold 0x2A16 sub index 1 and the duration reaches the set time of 0x2A15 sub index 2.
- Actual Velocity
- Velocity
- 0x2A16-Sub1 Time
- 0x2A15-Sub2
- Zero Speed Signal No Output No Output Output
• Torque Accordance
The output is valid when the absolute value of the difference between the actual torque and the target torque is within the consistent torque fluctuation range 0x2A17 and the duration reaches the set time of 0x2A15 sub index 2.
■ Output Port Related Parameters
| Index | Sub Index | Code | Command | Name | Visiting Type | Data Type | Unit | Setting Scope | Default Value | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A10 | Index 0x01 | P5-12 | MO1 | Digital Output 1 Function | Type RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | Scope 0~36 | Value 0 | NO |
| 0x02 | P5-13 | MO2 | Digital Output 2 Function | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~36 | 23 | NO | |
| 0x03 | P5-14 | MO3 | Digital Output 3 Function | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~36 | 2 | NO | |
| 0x04 | P5-15 | MO4 | Digital Output 4 Function | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~36 | 9 | NO |
Note: Do not set the parameter value of 0x2A10 as the one beyond function code.
5.2 Virtual Digital Input Function
The virtual digital input function is a function of forcibly controlling the internal state of the input signal through instructions, which is not affected by the external digital input hardware circuit. The virtual digital input function can realize the functions of all external digital input signals when the drive does not receive them, such as controlling gain switching, torque limit, zero speed clamping, forward/reverse prohibition limit and other functions through digital input signals.
• Virtual Digital Input Function Related Parameters
| Index | Sub Index | Name | Visiting Type | Data Type | Unit | Setting Scope | Default Value | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2AB0 | 0x01 | Input Status Setting | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~28-1 | 0 | RxPDO |
| 0x02 | Input Status Enable | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~28-1 | 0 | RxPDO |
• Start Virtual Digital Input Function
User can start the virtual digital input function through 0x2AB0 sub index 2 parameter setting. Refer to the following definition of each bit for the following chart 0x2AB0 sub index 2.
| Bit | Function | Explanation |
|---|---|---|
| 0 | Digital Input 1 | 0: Prohibit Virtual Input 1: Start Virtual Input |
| 1 | Digital Input 2 | |
| 2 | Digital Input 3 | |
| 3 | Digital Input 4 | |
| 4 | Digital Input 5 | |
| 5 | Digital Input 6 | |
| 15~6 | Reserve | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
• Virtual Digital Input Signal Status Setting
User can control input signal's status by setting 0x2AB0 sub index1's parameter control input signal. Refer to the following definition of each bit for 0x2AB0 sub index 1.
| Bit | Function | Explanation |
|---|---|---|
| 0 | Digital Input 1 | 0: Virtual Input Optocoupler disconnected 1: Virtual Input Optocoupler connected |
| 1 | Digital Input 2 | |
| 2 | Digital Input 3 | |
| 3 | Digital Input 4 | |
| 4 | Digital Input 5 | |
| 5 | Digital Input 6 | |
| 15~6 | Reserve | Reserve Function, keep as "0" |
• Function Example
Using the virtual input function to control the digital input 1~5 optocoupler to be connected. The digital input 6~8 signal status is controlled by the external hardware circuit. The detailed operation process is as follows:
Step1. Start digital input 1~5 virtual input function, 0x2AB0-Sub2=0x003F
Step2. Control the virtual input 1~5 optocoupler connected, 0x2AB0-Sub1=0x003F
• Caution about Virtual Digital Input Function Use
1. After the drive is powered on each time, make sure to enable the virtual digital input function, otherwise, the forced virtual input will be invalid.
2. The virtual digital input signal does not support input signal filter function.
5.3 Limit Function
Limit function is a function which uses the limit signal sent by the switch connected at the drive's input/output connector CN2. When the drive receives valid signal, it can also prohibit the motor from working.
• Limit Function Related Parameters
| Function Name | Symbol | Function Code | Movement Type | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Closed | Open | |||
| Forward Rotation Prohibition Limit | CW-LMT | 5 | 6 | Decelerates until stops |
| Backward Rotation Prohibition Limit | CCW-LMT | 7 | 8 | |
| Virtual Forward Rotation Prohibition Limit | Virtual-CW-LMT | 41 | 42 | Moves in normal |
| Virtual Backward Rotation Prohibition Limit | Virtual-CCW-LMT | 43 | 44 | |
When the digital input of the drive is configured as the above function code, the limit function is turned on. When the drive detects an effective limit input signal, the motor acts according to the set action mode.
Closed: Digital Input Optocoupler connected Open: Digital Input Optocoupler disconnected
• Movement Description
| Logic Type | Function Code | Movement Description |
|---|---|---|
| Closed | 5 | When the limit input signal is detected to be valid: 1. Motor decelerates until stops according to the deceleration set according to 0x6085. 2. According to corresponding valid backward/forward limit signal, the bit0 and bit1 for the digital input 0x60FD are set as "1". 3. The bit11 for status word 0x6041(Internal Limit active) is set as "1". 4. The drive offers the corresponding limit alarm information. |
| 7 | ||
| Open | 6 | |
| 8 | ||
| Closed | 39 | When the limit input signal is detected to be valid: According to corresponding valid backward/forward limit signal, the bit0 and bit1 for the digital input 0x60FD are set as "1". |
| 41 | ||
| Open | 40 | |
| 42 |
• Limit Function Use Caution
1. In factory settings, digital inputs 1 and 2 are used as limit signal input ports and the configured function codes are 7 and 5 respectively.
2. When the controller uses the limit signal to limit the motor movement range and the limit input signal is connected to the drive, it is recommended that the limit function on the drive be configured as the limit function code with the action type of normal movement.
3. When the action type of the limit function is configured as the limit function code of deceleration stop, and when only the positive rotation prohibition limit is valid, the motor cannot be driven in the forward direction, but can move normally in the backward direction. At the opposite, when it is only valid for backward prohibition limit, the motor cannot be driven backward, yet it can be driven normally forward.
5.4 EtherCAT Communication Watchdog Function
EtherCAT communication watchdog is used for monitoring the master's status and the slave monitors the watchdog sent by the master each setting time of 0x2060 sub index 3 to trigger the information. If there is no information received then it is regarded that the slave fell the station. The slave will operate the action ruled by 0x2060 sub index 5.
• Communication Watchdog Function related Parameters
| Index | Sub Index | Name | Visiting Type | Data Type | Unit | Setting Scope | Default Value | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2060 | 0x01 | Open the Watchdog | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | RxPDO |
| 0x02 | Watchdog Status | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~2 | 3000 | TxPDO | |
| 0x03 | Communication Interrupt Timeout Time | RW | UNSIGNED16 | ms | 0~65536 | 500 | NO | |
| 0x04 | Watchdog Trigger Incident | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~0x1F | 0x1F | NO | |
| 0x05 | Movement after Communication Interrupt | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~14 | 0 | NO |
• Communication Watchdog Parameter Setting
Step1. Set Monitor Time
Set the monitor time through 0x2060 sub index 3, whose unit is ms.
Step2 Set Trigger Incident
Set the trigger incident through 0x2060 sub index 4.
0x01: RxPDO1 0x02: RxPDO2 0x04: RxPDO3 0x08: RxPDO4 0x10: SYNC
Step3. Set the motor action after the communication interruption
0: The deceleration stops and disables.
1: The deceleration stops and keeps enable status.
2 ~ 14: Call Q program and 2 is in accordance with the first Q program while 14 looks to the twelfth Q program
Step4. Open the Watchdog
Set whether opening watchdog or not through 0x2060 sub index 1.
0: Not Open 1: Open
Step5: Check Watchdog Status
Watchdog's status can be judged through 0x2060 sub index 2.
0: It means the watchdog does not open.
1: It means the watchdog has been timed out.
2: It means the watchdog has been opened and not been timed out yet.
5.5 Touch Probe Function
The probe function is a position latch function that can latch the position when the external probe input signal or the motor encoder Z-phase signal changes through interrupts. The MDX+ series low-voltage servo EtherCAT motor supports the use of two probes at the same time and can simultaneously record the positions corresponding to the rising and falling edges of each probe signal, that is, latching four positions at the same time. Probe 1 can select digital input X1 or motor encoder Z-phase signal as the probe input signal; Probe 2 can select digital input X2 or motor encoder Z-phase signal as the probe input signal. When using X1 or X2 as the probe signal, the logic setting of the signal must be consistent with the 0x60B8 setting. This function is often used in high-speed measurement, packaging and other applications.
- Position feedback
- X1/ Encoder Z signal Touch Probe signal
- Touch Probe 1
- External latch position 1
- 0x60BA、0x60BB
- 0x60B8
- Position feedback
- X2/ Encoder Z signal Touch Probe signal
- External latch position 2 0x60BC、0x60BD
- Touch Probe 2
- 0x60B8
• Probe function related parameters
| Index | Sub Index | Name | Visiting Type | Data Type | Unit | Setting Scope | Default Value | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x60B8 | —— | Touch Probe Control | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~216-1 | 0 | RxPDO |
| 0x60B9 | Touch Probe Status | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x60BA | Touch Probe 1 rising edge latch position | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x60BB | Touch Probe 1 falling edge latch position | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x60BC | Touch Probe 2 rising edge latch position | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x60BD | Touch Probe 2 falling edge latch position | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
• The user can set the probe function through 0x60B8, please refer to the definition of OD 0x60B8.
• The user can read the status of the probe function through 0x60B9, please refer to OD 0x60B9 definition
• Touch Probe action timing diagram
a) Single Trigger 0x60B8 bit1/bit9=0
- Probe function enable bit 0x60B8 bit0/bit8
- Probe trigger mode bit 0x60B8 bit1/bit9
- Probe rising edge latch bit 0x60B8 bit4/bit12
- Probe function status bit 0x60B9 bit0/bit8
- Probe rising edge latch status bit 0x60B9 bit1/bit9
- External probe signal
- Previous value External lock position A External lock position B External lock position C
- Probe rising edge latch position 1/2 0x60BA/0x60BC
- b) Continuous Trigger 0x60B8 bit1/bit9=1
- Probe function enable bit 0x60B8 bit0/bit8 Probe trigger mode bit 0x60B8 bit1/bit9 Probe rising edge latch bit 0x60B8 bit4/bit12 Probe function status bit 0x60B9 bit0/bit8 Probe rising edge latch status bit
- 0x60B9 bit1/bit9
- External probe signal Probe rising edge latch position 1/2 0x60BA/0x60BC
- Previous value External lock position A External lock position B External lock position C External lock position D
5.6 Torque Limit Function
Torque limit is a kind of function which controls the motor's output torque through limiting drive's output current. MDX+ EtherCAT series product limits the input command to switch the torque limit value through action direction, torque limit input signal and torque limit input command of EtherCAT communication. This function is commonly used to operate stamping, suppress the start and stop of torque to protect all mechanical's devices.
• Torque Limit Related Parameters
| Index | Sub Index | Code | Command | Name | Visiting Type | Data Type | Unit | Setting Scope | Default Value | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A02 | —— | P1-10 | LD | Torque Limit Mode | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~5 | 1 | NO |
| 0x2A03 | P1-06 | CC | First Torque Limit | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | NO | |
| 0x2A04 | P1-25 | CX | Second Torque Limit | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | NO | |
| 0x2A05 | P1-26 | CY | Third Torque Limit | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | NO | |
| 0x2A06 | P1-27 | CZ | Fourth Torque Limit | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | NO | |
| 0x60E0 | —— | —— | —— | Torque Limit (CW) | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 1000 | RxPDO |
| 0x60E1 | —— | —— | —— | Torque Limit (CCW) | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 1000 | RxPDO |
Note: 100.0% is corresponding to the rated torque of normal motor.
• Torque Limit Mode
The following action can be operated according to the setting of the torque limit mode 0x2A02.
| Torque Limit Mode (0x2A02) | Torque Limit (CW) | Torque Limit (CCW) |
|---|---|---|
| 0 | 0x60E0 | 0x60E1 |
| 1 | 0x2A03 | |
| 2 | 0x2A03 | 0x2A04 |
| 3 | TQ-LMT valid: 0x2A03 | |
| TQ-LMT invalid: 0x2A05 | ||
| 4 | Second Analog Input Torque Limit | |
| 5 | TQ-LMT valid: 0x2A03 | TQ-LMT valid: 0x2A04 |
| TQ-LMT invalid: 0x2A05 | TQ-LMT invalid: 0x2A06 | |
| 6 | Register[Y] | Register[Z] |
Note: TQ-LMT means digital torque limit input signal.
The torque limit is restricted by the maximum torque limit value.
5.7 Electronic Gear Function
Electronic gear is the function which the input position command received by the drive multiplies by the setting electronic gear ratio and puts that value as the position control inner position command.
• Electronic Gear Function Related Parameters
| Index | Sub Index | Code | Command | Name | Visiting Type | Data Type | Unit | Setting Scope | Default Value | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A90 | Index 0x00 | P3-05 | EG | Pulse Amount needed per Revolution | Type RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses | Scope 200~131072 | Value 131072 | NO |
| 0x2A93 | 0x01 | P3-00 | EN | Electronic Gear Ratio Numerator | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 1~231-1 | 32000 | NO |
| 0x02 | P3-01 | EU | Electronic Gear Ratio Denominator | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 1~231-1 | 32000 | NO | |
| —— | —— | P3-16 | PU | Electronic Gear Ratio Switch | RW | —— | 0~1 | 0 | —— |
Inner Position Command = Position Command x Electronic Gear Ratio = Position Command x 0x2A93-Sub1
0x2A93-Sub2
- • Electronic Gear Ratio Setting Operation Process
- Electronic gear ratio is different because of mechanical structure. Set according to the following operation process.
- Confirm the reduction ratio of reducer, gear indexing circle diameter in gear transmission, pulley indexing circle diameter in pulley transmission, lead screw, etc.
- Confirm 1 position command corresponding to the moving distance of load.
- Combined with the mechanical parameters and 1 position command corresponding load’s move distance, calculate the position command amount needed for the load to rotate per revolution.
- 1048576
- Electronic Gear Ratio = x Deceleration ratio
- The Position Amount needed for the Load to rotate per Revolution.
- (The reduction ratio means the ratio value between the input shaft velocity of the reduction and its output shaft velocity.)
- According to the calculated result, set the electronic gear ratio under the motor’s static state.
Note:
1. The setting value of electronic gear ratio ranges 1/1892 to 8192. When the actual setting electronic gear ratio is larger than 8192, the system will automatically calculate according to the ratio "8192". When the actual setting electronic gear ratio is smaller than 1/8192, the system will automatically calculate according to the electronic ratio "1/8192".
2. During the motor action, do not change the electronic gear parameter.
5.8 Gain Switch Function
Gain switching is a function of switching position loop gain, speed loop gain and current loop command torque filter in drive motion control. Gain switching can optimize the response performance of motor in static state or motion and when the inertia of load changes.
MDX+ EtherCAT series servo product gain switching function is only valid under the location and velocity control mode, which can switch the command control through servo internal status, gain switching input signal as well as EtherCAT communication gain.
• Gain Switch Function Related Parameters
| Index | Sub Index | Code | Command | Name | Visiting Type | Data Type | Unit | Setting Scope | Default Value | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A69 | 0x01 | P0-33 | SD | Gain Switching Condition Choice | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~4 | 0 | NO |
| 0x02 | P0-34 | PN | Position Deviation | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses | 0~231-1 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x03 | P0-35 | VN | Actual Velocity | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | 0~231-1 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x04 | P0-36 | TN | Actual Torque | RW | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x05 | P0-37 | SE1 | The Delay Time from second Gain switching to first Gain | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~10000 | 10 | NO | |
| 0x06 | P0-38 | SE2 | The Delay Time from first Gain switching to second Gain | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~10000 | 10 | NO |
• Gain Switch Mode Choice
There are two modes to control the mutual switching between the first group gain and the second group gain of the servo drive. Refer to the following table for details:
| Mode | Chosen Condition | Explanation |
|---|---|---|
| Mode 1 | Digital Input Configuration as Gain Switching Function | Switch the Gain according to Digital Input Status |
| Mode 2 | Mode 1 is not selected | Switch the Gain according to the Condition set by 0x2A69 Sub Index 1 |
The Priority of two Modes: Mode 1>Mode 2
• Gain Switching Condition Setting
| Value | Gain Switching Condition | Explanation |
|---|---|---|
| 0 | Fixed at Group 1 Gain | Fixed at Group 1 Gain |
| 1 | Large Position Deviation | In the first group of gains, when the absolute value of the actual position deviation exceeds the set value of 0x2a69 sub index 2 and the duration reaches the set time of 0x2a69 sub index 5, switch to the second group of gains. In the second group of gains, when the absolute value of the actual position deviation is lower than the set value of 0x2A69 sub index 2 and the duration reaches the set time of 0x2A69 sub index 6, it returns to the first group of gains. |
| 2 | Large Actual Velocity | In the first group of gains, when the absolute value of actual velocity exceeds the setting value of 0x2A69 sub index 3 and the duration time reaches the setting time of 0x2A69 sub index 5, switch to the second group of gains. In the second group of gains, when the absolute value of actual velocity exceeds the setting value of 0x2A69 sub index 3 and the duration time reaches the setting time of 0x2A69sub index 6, return to the first group of gains. |
| 3 | Large Actual Torque | return to the first group of gains. In the first group of gains, when the percentage of the absolute value of the actual torque relative to the related torque of the motor exceeds the set value of 0x2A69 sub index 4 and the duration reaches the set time of 0x2A69 sub index 5, switch to the second group of gains. In the second group of gains, when the percentage of the absolute value of the actual torque relative to the rated torque of the motor is lower than the set value of 0x2A69 sub index 4 and the duration reaches the set time of 0x2A69 sub index 6, it returns to the first group of gains. |
| 4 | Positioning Finish | In the first group of gains, if the position work does not complete, switch to the second group of gains. In the second group of gains, if the position work completes and when the duration time reaches the setting time of 0x2A69 sub index 6, return to the first group of gains. |
5.9 Dynamic Braking Function
In the case of servo disabling and drive error reporting, as the stop method for servo motor, dynamic braking function can be used. When the dynamic braking works, short circuit the motor U/V/W three-phase to stop the motor at the fastest speed in order to protect the safety of equipment and personnel.
• Dynamic Brake Function Related Parameters
| Index | Sub Index | Code | Command | Name | Visiting Type | Data Type | Unit | Setting Scope | Default Value | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A16 | 0x01 | P5-42 | ZV | Zero Speed Judgment Threshold | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 500 | NO |
| 0x2AB1 | 0x01 | P1-29 | YV | Action when disabling | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~5 | 0 | NO |
| 0x02 | P1-31 | YM | The longest action time during disabled deceleration | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~30000 | 500 | NO | |
| 0x03 | P1-30 | YR | deceleration Action when error reporting | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~3 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x04 | P1-32 | YN | The longest action time during deceleration of error reporting | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~30000 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x606C | —— | —— | IV | error reporting Actual Velocity | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
• Description of dynamic braking action during servo disabling
When the servo is disabling, the action of dynamic braking is set through 0x2AB1 sub index 1 and the longest action time during deceleration is set through 0x2AB1 sub index 2. Refer to the table below. Deceleration process refers to the set time when the absolute value of the actual motor velocity is within the zero speed judgment threshold or the deceleration time reaches 0x2AB1 sub index 2.
| Value | Explanation | |
|---|---|---|
| Deceleration Process | Stopping | |
| 0 | Immediate Stop | Keep Free Action Status |
| 1 | Immediate Stop | Dynamic Brake Action |
| 2 | Free Action Status | Keep Free Action Status |
| 3 | Free Action Status | Dynamic Brake Action |
| 4 | Dynamic Brake Action | Keep Free Action Status |
| 5 | Dynamic Brake Action | Dynamic Brake Action |
• Description of Dynamic Braking Action in case of Servo Error In case of servo error, the action of dynamic braking is set through 0x2AB1 sub index 3 and the longest action time during deceleration is set through 0x2AB1 sub index 4. Refer to the table below. Deceleration process refers to the set time when the absolute value of the actual motor velocity is within the zero speed judgment threshold or the deceleration time reaches 0x2AB1 sub index 4.
| Value | Explanation | |
|---|---|---|
| Deceleration Process | Stopping | |
| 0 | Free Movement Status | Keep Free Movement Status |
| 1 | Free Movement Status | Dynamic Brake Movement |
| 2 | Dynamic Brake Movement | Keep Free Movement Status |
| 3 | Dynamic Brake Movement | Dynamic Brake Movement |
• Dynamic Brake Function Use Caution 1. Dynamic braking is used as stop function when servo is in abnormal status. Do not use for stopping normal rotation. 2. When the drive control power input is disconnected, the dynamic brake still maintains action state. 3. When the dynamic brake has been started, do not drive the motor's work by external force, otherwise dynamic brake circuit can be damaged, which can even cause drive's smoke or fire. 4. The Frequency and Demand for Dynamic Brake Use Frequency: More than 5 mins per action Amount: Stop from the rated speed and 1000 times under the suitable load inertia condition
5.10 Pulse Frequency Division Output Function
Pulse frequency division output is a function of outputting the external position command pulse or the position information fed back by the encoder in the differential mode of 2-phase pulse (A/B phase) with 90°phase difference and it supports Z-phase pulse output at the same time.
• Related Parameters with Pulse Frequency Division Output Function
| Index | Sub Index | Code | Command | Name | Visiting Type | Data Type | Unit | Setting Scope | Default Value | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A94 | 0x01 | P3-12 | PO | Pulse Output Source | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 1~3 | 1 | NO |
| 0x02 | P3-13 | ON | Frequency Division Ratio Numerator | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~13107200 | 10000 | NO | |
| 0x03 | P3-14 | OD | Ratio Numerator Frequency Division Ratio Denominator | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~13107200 | 131072 | NO | |
| 0x04 | —— | —— | Ratio Denominator Output A/B Pulse Phase Setting | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x05 | —— | —— | Phase Setting Output Z-phase Pulse Polarity Setting | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO |
When using the pulse frequency division output function, the output pulse source, frequency division ratio, output pulse phase and z-phase pulse output polarity shall be set as required.
• Output Pulse Source Choose
The source of the output pulse is set through 0x2A94 sub index 1. Refer to the following chart.
| Value | Explanation |
|---|---|
| 1 | Motor Encoder |
| 2 | Second Encoder |
| 3 | External Position Command Pulse |
• Frequency Division Ratio By setting frequency division ratio numerator (0x2A94 sub index 2) and frequency division ratio denominator (ox2A94 sub index 3), the number of output pulses per revolution of the motor can be changed. When the numerator or denominator of the frequency division ratio is set to 0, the pulse is output without frequency division processing.
1. When the input pulse source chooses motor encoder or second encoder If frequency division ratio numerator > frequency division ratio denominator The resolution of the output pulse when the motor rotates for one turn = frequency division ratio numerator If frequency division ratio numerator ≤ frequency division ratio denominator The resolution of the output pulse when
the motor rotates for one turn = (frequency division ratio numerator/ frequency division ratio denominator)*131072
2. When output pulse source chooses external position command pulse Frequency division ratio invalid. The output pulse is the source pulse which undergoes no process.
• Output Pulse Phase and Z Pulse Polarity Setting By setting output pulse phase (0x2A94 sub index 4), the phase relationship between A-phase and B-Phase can be changed. By setting output Z-phase pulse polarity (0x2A94 in sub index 5) , the polarity of Z-phase pulse can be changed. Z-phase as well as A-phase pulse can be output synchronously.
5.11 Absolute System Use
The absolute encoder not only detects the position of the motor within 1 turn, but also counts the number of motor revolutions. Absolute value encoders are divided into battery type and battery- free type. When the drive is powered off, the battery type encoder can record multiple cycles of data through battery power supply and the battery-free encoder can record multiple cycles of data without battery power supply. After power on, the drive calculates the absolute position of the mechanical load through the absolute position of the encoder and there is no need to repeat the mechanical homing operation.
MDX+ series servo is equipped with 20-bit photoelectric absolute value encoder with battery and 17-bit absolute value encoder without battery. Refer to the following table for encoder specifications.
| Item | Content |
|---|---|
| Motor Model | MDX□42J□BECA000 MDX□61G□BECA000 MDX□62G□BECA000 MDX□82G□BECA000 MDX□83G□BECA000 |
| Power Supply Voltage VCC | DC 4.5V~5.5V(Typ 5V) |
| Battery Voltage VCC Consumption Current | Typ 160mA |
| Consumption Current Turn Pulse Number per Revolution | 131072(17-bit) |
| Revolution Number of Multi-turn Turn Counter | 65536(16-bit) |
| Counter Communication Mode | Half-duplex Aperiodic Serial Communication |
| Communication Velocity | 4Mbps |
| Work Temperature | 0~100℃ |
• Absolute System Related Parameters
| Index | Sub Index | Name | Visiting Type | Data Type | Unit | Setting Scope | Default Value | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x200C | —— | Position Clear | RW | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO |
| 0x2A90 | Pulse Number needed in each Revolution | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses | 200~131072 | 10000 | NO | |
| 0x2A9C | 0x04 | each Revolution Absolute Encoder Use Mode | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~3 | 2 | NO |
| 0x05 | Mode Absolute Encoder Reset | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~2 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x6064 | —— | Actual Position | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
• Absolute Encoder Mode Choice The use mode of the absolute encoder can be set by 0x2A9C sub index 4. For the setting and explanation of each mode, refer to the following table.
| Value | Mode | Explanation |
|---|---|---|
| 0 | Incremental Encoder | It can be used as incremental encoder, which has no position power-off memory function. |
| 1 | Single-turn Absolute Encoder | It can be used as absolute encoder, which does not need battery to supply power. It has a single-turn position power-off memory function. |
| 2 | Multi-turn Encoder | a single-turn position power-off memory function. For absolute encoder's use, position power-off memory function is a must. When the absolute position counter exceeds the scope, the drive will report the absolute position overflow warning and the alarm code is 8red 1green. |
| 3 | Multi-turn Encoder no Overflow | It can be used as absolute encoder, which has position power-off memory function. When the absolute position counter exceeds the scope, the drive has no alarm warning. |
MDX+ integrated servo motor can recognize motor encoder type automatically. For absolute encoder motor, the default using mode is multi-turn encoder.
• Absolute Encoder Clear
As for absolute encoder use, it is necessary to reset the absolute value encoder when the machine is initially started to set the origin position, the absolute position loss of the drive or the error alarm of multiple-turn absolute encoder.
By setting 0x2A9C sub index 5 parameter, the alarm of the absolute encoder or multi-turn data can be cleared. Refer to the following table.
| Value | Function |
|---|---|
| 0 | No Operation |
| 1 | Reset Error |
| 2 | Clear Multi-turn Data |
The process to use EtherCAT communication to do the absolute encoder reset operation is as follows:
Step1 Control the motor to be in Servo OFF status
Step2 Write 2 into 0x209C sub index 5 and clear the encoder multiple-turn data
Step3 Write 1 into 0x209C sub index 5 and clear the encoder warning
Step4 Write 1 into 0x200C and clear the motor actual position 0x6064
Step5 The drive powers off and resets.
• Absolute Encoder Position Data
Suppose that when a motor rotates one revolution, the value of the needed 0x2A90 is M. The value of motor actual position 0x6064 is N. In different use mode for absolute encoder, the counter scope of motor actual position N is as follows:
1. Incremental Encoder -231 ≤ N ≤ 231-1
2. Single-turn Absolute Encoder Max{-215M,-231} ≤ N ≤ Min{215M-1,231-1}
After the drive power off and reset, multi-turn counter will return to 0 automatically, which only records single-turn value. The single-turn position counter scope is as follows:
When the direction the motor rotates chooses 0x2ADA's value 0, 0~M-1
When the direction the motor rotates chooses 0x2ADA's value 1, -(M-1)~0
3. Multi-turn Encoder Max{-215M,-231} ≤ N ≤ Min{215M-1,231-1}
6 Troubleshooting
6.1 Drive Alarm List
When an alarm occurs in the driver, the LED digital tube on the driver flashes to display the alarm code. The alarm code is defined as follows:
- Status Run/Err L/A2 L/A1
6.2 Servo alarm list
| Status | Description | Alarm type | Motor status after alarm | Is it possible to reset | Error code | DSP status code(0x200F) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Solid Green | Motor disabled | reset | 0x0000 | 0x00000000 | ||
| Flashing Green | Motor enabled | 0x0000 | 0x00000000 | |||
| Green 1R1G | Position limit | Fault | Servo off | Yes | 0xFF06 | 0x00000001 |
| 1R2G | Move while disabled | Warning | Keep current status | Yes | 0xFF35 | 0x00008000 |
| 2R1G | CCW limit | Warning | Keep current status,The motor cannot continue to reverse | Yes | 0xFF32 | 0x00000002 |
| 2R2G | CW limit | Warning | cannot continue to reverse Keep current status,The motor cannot continue to reverse | Yes | 0xFF31 | 0x00000004 |
| 3R1G | Over temperature | Fault | cannot continue to reverse Servo off | Yes | 0xFF03 | 0x00000008 |
| 3R2G | Internal voltage out of range | Fault | Servo off | Yes | 0xFF05 | 0x00000010 |
| 3R3G | range Blank Q segment | Warning | Keep current status | Yes | 0xFF37 | 0x00004000 |
| 4R1G | Power supply over voltage | Fault | Servo off | Yes | 0xFF02 | 0x00000020 |
| 4R2G | Power supply low voltage | Fault | Servo off | Yes | 0xFF36 | 0x00000020 |
| 4R3G | memory error | Fault | Servo off | Yes | 0xFF0E | 0x00000010 |
| 4R4G | Power supply under voltage | Warning | Keep current status | Yes | 0xFF44 | 0x00100000 |
| 4R5G | voltage STO | Fault | Servo off | Yes | 0xFF0B | 0x00020000 |
| 5R1G | Over current | Fault | Servo off | Yes | 0xFF01 | 0x00000080 |
| 5R2G | Current foldback | Warning | Keep current status | Yes | 0xFF34 | 0x00002000 |
| 5R3G | Motor speed exceeds limit | Fault | Servo off | Yes | 0xFF38 | 0x00080000 |
| 5R4G | EtherCAT communication error | Fault | Servo off | Yes | 0xFF43 | 0x08000000 |
| 6R2G | error Motor encoder error | Fault | Servo off | No | 0xFF07 | 0x00000200 |
| 6R3G | Emergency stop | Fault | The status is determined by the setting value of 0x605A | No | 0xFF3A | 0x00200000 |
| 6R4G | Homing parameter configuration error | Warning | setting value of 0x605A Keep current status | Yes | 0xFF45 | 0x80000000 |
| 7R1G | configuration error USB Communication abnormality | Warning | Keep current status | Yes | 0xFF40 | 0x00000400 |
| 7R2G | abnormality Parameter saving failed | Fault | Servo off | Yes | 0xFF41 | 0x00000010 |
| 7R3G | Motor stall protection | Fault | Servo off | Yes | 0xFF10 | 0x20000000 |
| 7R4G | Motor collision protection | Fault | Servo off | Yes | 0xFF46 | 0x20000000 |
| 7R5G | I/O signal function multiplexing | Warning | Keep current status | Yes | 0xFF42 | 0x00008000 |
| 7R6G | multiplexing Forward rotation prohibition limit and reverse rotation prohibition limit | Warning | Keep the current status, the motor cannot continue to rotate forward/reversely. | Yes | 0xFF33 | 0x00000006 |
| 8R1G | Absolute position overflow | Warning | forward/reversely. Keep current status | Yes | 0xFF3D | 0x04000000 |
| 8R2G | Absolute encoder multi- turn error | Fault | Servo off | No | 0xFF0F | 0x10000000 |
| 8R3G | Absolute position lost | Warning | Keep current status | Yes | 0xFF3C | 0x02000000 |
6.3 Causes and Solutions of Motor Alarms
| Status | Description | Reason for alarm | Approach | Clear method |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1R1G | Position limit | The position error exceeds the "position error alarm limit" setting in parameter P3-04 (PF) | 1. Check whether the setting of parameter P3-04 (PF) "Position Error Alarm Limit" is too small; 2. Whether the gain parameters are debugged reasonably; 3. Whether the motor selection matches the actual load and whether the acceleration and deceleration are too large; 4. Whether unreasonable torque limit is used; 5. The mechanical part driven by the motor is stuck and the motor is blocked. | Clear alarm |
| 1R2G | Move while disabled | When the motor is not enabled, a running command is received | Enable the motor first and then send the operation command | Clear alarm |
| 2R1G | CCW limit | 1. Reverse limit function trigger 2. In the absolute value system, the actual position of the motor | 1. The external limit switch has been triggered; 2. The limit input function setting is incorrect. 3. In the absolute value system, the soft limit setting is unreasonable | Automatically clear after detachment |
| 2R2G | CW limit | 1. Forward rotation prohibition limit function is triggered 2. In the absolute value system, the actual position of the motor encounters the positive soft limit | Automatically clear after detachment | |
| 3R1G | Over temperature | The temperature of the motor's radiator and power components exceeds the specified value. 1. The ambient temperature is too high 2. The operating temperature of the motor exceeds the specified value; | 1. Reduce the operating temperature of the motor and improve cooling conditions; 2. Increase the capacity of the motor, extend the acceleration and deceleration time, and reduce the load. | Clear alarm |
| 3R2G | Internal voltage out of range | The internal voltage of the motor is lower than the normal value | Check the voltage of the power supply. If there is still a problem, replace the motor. | Clear alarm |
| 3R3G | Blank Q segment | The motor is running in Q mode, but no Q program is running | 1. Check whether there is a Q program; 2. Check whether the Q program is written incorrectly and cannot run in a loop. | Clear alarm |
| 4R1G | Power supply over voltage | The motor DC bus voltage is too high, higher than 80VDC. The power supply voltage exceeds the allowable input voltage range; | 1. Check the input voltage; 2. Extend the acceleration and deceleration time; 3. If the above problem is not solved, replace the motor. | Clear alarm |
| 4R2G | Power supply low voltage | DC bus voltage is too low, lower than 18VDC 1. The power supply voltage is low and a momentary power outage occurs; 2. The power supply capacity is insufficient and is affected by the inrush current when the main power supply is turned on, causing the power supply voltage to drop; | Measure input voltage 1. Increase the power supply voltage capacity and replace the power supply; 2. Connect the power supply correctly; 3. If the above problem is not solved, replace the motor. | Clear alarm |
| 4R3G | Memory error | Motor internal memory abnormality | If it cannot be cleared after powering on again, contact the manufacturer. | Power cycle to clear |
| 4R4G | Power supply under voltage | The motor is under voltage, lower than 20VDC; 1. The power supply voltage is low and a momentary power outage occurs; 2. The power supply capacity is insufficient and is affected by the inrush current when the main power supply is turned on, causing the power supply voltage to drop; 3. Motor failure (circuit failure). | Check input voltage 1. Increase the power supply voltage capacity and replace the power supply; 2. Check the motor Main terminal and voltage input; 3. If the above problem is not solved, replace the motor. | Automatically clear when voltage is normal |
| 4R5G | STO | The Safe Torque Off STO function is activated, and the input photocoupler of at least one of Safety Input 1 or Safety Input 2 is Open. | Check the input wiring status of safety inputs 1 and 2 or whether the safety sensor and other settings are triggered. | Automatically cleared after STO input is normal |
| 5R1G | Over current | 1. Motor failure; 2. The motor is burned out; 3. The load is too heavy, the effective torque exceeds the rated torque, and the machine continues to operate for a long time; 4. Poor gain adjustment leads to oscillation and vibration. | 1. Increase the power of the motor, extend the acceleration and deceleration time, and reduce the load; 2. Whether the gain parameters are debugged reasonably; 3. If the above problem is not solved, replace the motor. | Clear alarm |
| Status | Description | Reason for alarm | Approach | Clear method |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 5R2G | Current foldback | The motor output current reaches the rated torque of the motor. The setting of P1-06, and the duration exceeds the setting value of P1-09 1. The load is too heavy, the effective torque exceeds the rated torque, and the machine continues to operate for a long time; 2. Poor gain adjustment causes oscillation and vibration, and the motor vibrates and makes abnormal sounds; 3. The machine is subject to collision and the load suddenly becomes heavier, causing torsion and entanglement. | 1. Whether the gain parameters are debugged reasonably; 2. Whether the motor selection matches the actual load and whether the acceleration and deceleration are too large; 3. Increase the capacity of the motor and motor, extend the acceleration and deceleration time, and reduce the load. | Automatically cleared when the current is less than the rated current of the motor |
| 5R3G | Motor speed exceeds limit | The motor speed exceeds the limit value of P2-00 | Check whether the motor speed command is within a reasonable range 1. Avoid excessive speed commands; 2. If overshoot occurs due to poor gain adjustment, adjust the gain. | Clear alarm |
| 5R4G | EtherCAT communication error | EtherCAT communication error 1. Communication parameters are configured incorrectly; 2. Communication is interrupted. | 1. Check the configuration parameters of EtherCAT communication; 2. Check whether the communication cable is normal. | The abnormal alarm is cleared after the communication is normal. |
| 6R2G | Motor encoder error | The servo system detects an abnormality in the communication with the servo motor encoder. 1. Interference causes encoder communication abnormalities; 2. The encoder is damaged. | 1. Make sure the motor is well grounded; 2. If the above problem is not solved, replace the motor. | Power cycle to clear |
| 6R3G | Emergency stop | Digital input emergency stop function is triggered | 1. Confirm whether the emergency stop input switch malfunctions; 2. Confirm whether the emergency stop input logic setting is reasonable. | Automatically cleared when emergency |
| 6R4G | Homing parameter configuration error | Homing parameter configuration error 1. Use the homing method with limit signal, and the limit signal is not configured; 2. Use the homing method with home signal, and the home signal is not configured. | Check whether the homing parameters are completely configured | Clear alarm |
| 7R1G | USB Communication abnormality | 1. Luna software is trying to establish communication with the motor (this is a normal alarm); 2. Check whether the communication cable is normal. | Automatically cleared after normal communication | Automatically cleared after |
| 7R2G | Parameter saving failed | Try saving again | Try saving again | Automatically clear |
| 7R3G | Motor stall protection | When working in non-torque mode, the motor stall time exceeds the time set by P1-28. | 1. Check whether the mechanical part of the motor motor is stuck; 2. Check whether the electromagnetic brake is on. | Clear alarm |
| 7R4G | Motor collision protection | The instantaneous change value of current exceeds the setting value of P1-34 | 1. Check whether the motor is in collision; 2. The servo gain setting is unreasonable and the gain is too large; 3. Check whether the setting value of P1-34 is too small. | Clear alarm |
| 7R5G | I/O signal function multiplexing | 1. The functions of the I/O signals used in the Q program are non-universal functions; 2. The functions of the I/O signals used in the SCL instruction are non-general functions. | 1. Configure the relevant I/O signal functions as general functions; 2. Use I/O signals whose functions are general functions. | Clear alarm |
| 7R6G | Forward rotation prohibition limit and | 1. The forward rotation prohibition limit and reverse rotation prohibition limit of the digital input are triggered; 2. In the absolute value system, the actual position of the motor encounters the forward and reverse software limits. | 1. The limit input function setting is incorrect; 2. The external limit switch has been triggered; 3. In the absolute value system, the soft limit setting is unreasonable. | Automatically clear after |
| Status | Description | Reason for alarm | Approach | Clear method |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 8R1G | Absolute position overflow | 1. The number of multi-turns of the absolute encoder exceeds the maximum range: -32768 ~ +32767; 2. The absolute position exceeds the maximum range of parameter -231 ~ 231 -1. | 1. Check whether the actual position of the motor exceeds the maximum range; 2. If it exceeds the range, perform multi- turn clearing of the absolute encoder; 3. If you need to run in one direction, set P3-15 to 2 (multi-turn encoders do not count overflow). | Clear automatically after clearing the absolute encoder for multiple turns. |
| 8R2G | Absolute encoder multi- turn error | Absolute encoder multiturn error 1. The encoder type is configured as absolute value, but the battery is not installed; | It is necessary to perform multi-turn clearing operation of the absolute encoder | Clear automatically after clearing the absolute encoder for multiple turns. |
| 8R3G | Absolute position lost | When powered on, the absolute encoder works in multi-turn mode, and the absolute encoder is used for the first time after leaving the factory. | Perform multi-turn clearing of absolute encoder | Clear automatically after clearing the absolute encoder for multiple turns. |
7 Object Dictionary
Object dictionaries are the most important part of the device specification. The object dictionary is essentially a grouping of objects accessible via the network in an ordered predefined fashion. Each object within the object dictionary is addressed using a 16-bit index and a 8-bit sub-index.
7.1 Object Dictionary Description
7.1.1 General Structure
The overall layout of the standard object dictionary is specified as below table.
| Index | Object |
|---|---|
| 0x0000 | Not used |
| 0x0001 - 0x001F | Static Data Types |
| 0x0020 - 0x003F | Complex Data Types |
| 0x0040 - 0x005F | Manufacturer Specific Complex Data Types |
| 0x0060 - 0x007F | Device Profile Specific Static Data Types |
| 0x0080 - 0x009F | Device Profile Specific Complex Data Types |
| 0x00A0 - 0x0FFF | Reserved |
| 0x1000 - 0x1FFF | Communication Profile Area |
| 0x2000 - 0x5FFF | Manufacturer Specific Profile Area |
| 0x6000 - 0x9FFF | Standardized Profile Area |
| 0xA000 - 0xFFFF | Reserved |
7.1.2 Data Type
The data type information of an object includes the pre-defined types as below table.
| Data type | Data length | Value range |
|---|---|---|
| BOOL | —— | 0~1 |
| UNSIGNED8 | 1 byte | 0~28-1 |
| UNSIGNED16 | 2 bytes | 0~216-1 |
| UNSIGNED32 | 4 bytes | 0~232-1 |
| INTEGER8 | 1 byte | -27~27-1 |
| INTEGER16 | 2 bytes | -215~215-1 |
| INTEGER32 | 4 bytes | -231~231-1 |
| Visible string | —— | —— |
7.1.3 Property Description
The properties contained in an EtherCAT object as below table.
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Items | Description |
|---|---|
| Index | 4-digit hexadecimal data |
| Sub-index | 2-digit hexadecimal data |
| Name | Object name or sub-index name |
| Access | RO: Only Read RW: Read and Write |
| Data type | Refer to Chapter7.1.2 Data Type |
| Data type Unit | Refer to Chapter7.1.2 Data Type Physical unit |
| Value range | Setting range of the data |
| Defaults | Factory default |
| PDO | RxPDO: mappable to RxPDO TxPDO: mappable to TxPDO NO: don't support PDO mapping |
7.2 1000H Group ---- Standard Drive Objects
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x1000 | —— | Device Type | RO | UNSIGNED32 | —— | —— | 0x00060192 | NO | ||||||||||||
This object shall provide information about the device type.
It is comprised of a 16 bit field that describes the device profile used, and a second 16 bit field that gives additional information about optional functionality of the device.
| ||||||||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x1001 | —— | Error Register | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
This object shall provide error information.
The EtherCAT device maps internal errors into this object, it is a part of an emergency object.
This object is organized bit-wise, if an error occurs the bit will be set, the bits have the following definition:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x1008 | —— | Manufacturer Device Name | RO | Visible string | —— | —— | MD+_EC | NO |
| This object shall provide the name of the device as given by the manufacturer. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x1009 | —— | Manufacturer Hardware Version | RO | Visible string | —— | —— | HW version | NO |
| This object shall provide the manufacturer hardware version description. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x100A | —— | Manufacturer Software Version | RO | Visible string | —— | —— | SW version | NO |
| This object shall provide the manufacturer software version description. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x1010 | —— | Store Parameters | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | ||||||||||||
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~1 | 1 | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x01 | Save Config Parameters | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~232-1 | 0 | NO | |||||||||||||
This object shall control the saving of parameters in non-volatile memory.
• Sub-index 01 refers to all parameters that may be stored on the EtherCAT device.
In order to avoid storage of parameters by mistake, storage shall be only executed when a specific signature is written to the appropriate sub-index, the signature that shall be written is "save".
Writing “65766173h”(ASCII value of "save") to the sub-index saves the parameters.
When the processing is complete, the value of this object is automatically restored to 0 whether successful or not.
| ||||||||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x1011 | —— | Restore Default Parameters | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | ||||||||||||
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~1 | 1 | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x01 | Restore All Default Parameters | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~232-1 | 1 | NO | |||||||||||||
This object shall control the restoring default values of parameters.
However, they can't be saved automatically.
If they need to be saved, save the parameters to the non-volatile memory of the drive as described in 0x1010.
• Sub-index 01 refers to all parameters that may be restored.
In order to avoid the restoring of default parameters by mistake, restoring shall be only executed when a specific signature is written to the appropriate sub-index, the signature that shall be written is "load".
Writing “65766173h”(ASCII value of "save") to the sub-index restores the parameters.
When the processing is complete, the value of this object is automatically resored to 1 whether successful or not.
| ||||||||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x1018 | —— | Identity | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~4 | 4 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Vender-ID | RO | UNSIGNED32 | —— | —— | 0x00000168 | NO | |
| 0x02 | Product Code | RO | UNSIGNED32 | —— | —— | 0x00000007 | NO | |
| 0x03 | Revision Number | RO | UNSIGNED32 | —— | —— | 0x00000001 | NO | |
| 0x04 | Serial Number | RO | UNSIGNED32 | —— | —— | FW version | NO | |
| This object shall provide general identification information of the EtherCAT device. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x10F1 | —— | Error setting | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | maximum sub-index | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~2 | 2 | NO | |
| 0x01 | local error response | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | —— | —— | NO | |
| 0x02 | synchronization error count limit | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | —— | NO | |
| This feature is reserved and is not supported yet. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x1600 | —— | RxPDO1 Mapping Parameter | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | ||||||||||||
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RW | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~12 | 5 | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x01 | 1st Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60400010 | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x02 | 2nd Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60600008 | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x03 | 3rd Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x607A0020 | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x04 | 4th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60B80010 | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x05 | 5th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60FE0120 | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x06 | 6th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x07 | 7th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x08 | 8th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x09 | 9th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x0A | 10th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x0B | 11th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x0C | 12th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |||||||||||||
This object defines the mapping parameters for the RxPDO1 the device is able to receive.
Sub-index from 0x01 to 0x08 contains the information of the mapped application objects.
The object describes the content of the PDO by their index, sub-index and length.
The length contains the length of the application object in bit.
The structure of RxPDO mapping as below.
| ||||||||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x1601 | —— | RxPDO2 Mapping Parameter | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RW | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~12 | 5 | NO | |
| 0x01 | 1st Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60400010 | NO | |
| 0x02 | 2nd Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60600008 | NO | |
| 0x03 | 3rd Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60FF0020 | NO | |
| 0x04 | 4th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60B80010 | NO | |
| 0x05 | 5th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60FE0120 | NO | |
| 0x06 | 6th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| 0x07 | 7th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| 0x08 | 8th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| 0x09 | 9th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| 0x0A | 10th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| 0x0B | 11th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| 0x0C | 12th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| This object defines the mapping parameters for theRxPDO2 the device is able to receive. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x1602 | —— | RxPDO3 Mapping Parameter | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RW | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~12 | 5 | NO | |
| 0x01 | 1st Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60400010 | NO | |
| 0x02 | 2nd Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60600008 | NO | |
| 0x03 | 3rd Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x607A0020 | NO | |
| 0x04 | 4th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60810020 | NO | |
| 0x05 | 5th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60FE0120 | NO | |
| 0x06 | 6th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| 0x07 | 7th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| 0x08 | 8th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| 0x09 | 9th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| 0x0A | 10th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| 0x0B | 11th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| 0x0C | 12th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| This object defines the mapping parameters for the RxPDO3 the device is able to receive. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x1603 | —— | RxPDO4 Mapping Parameter | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RW | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~12 | 4 | NO | |
| 0x01 | 1st Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60400010 | NO | |
| 0x02 | 2nd Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60600008 | NO | |
| 0x03 | 3rd Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60FF0020 | NO | |
| 0x04 | 4th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60FE0120 | NO | |
| 0x05 | 5th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| 0x06 | 6th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| 0x07 | 7th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| 0x08 | 8th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| 0x09 | 9th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| 0x0A | 10th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| 0x0B | 11th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| 0x0C | 12th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |
| This object defines the mapping parameters for the RxPDO4 the device is able to receive. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x1A00 | —— | TxPDO1 Mapping Parameter | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | ||||||||||||
| 0x00 | Parameter Number of Entries | RW | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~12 | 11 | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x01 | 1st Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x02 | 2nd Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x03 | 3rd Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x04 | 4th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x05 | 5th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x06 | 6th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x07 | 7th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x08 | 8th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x09 | 9th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60BC0020 | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x0A | 10th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60BD0020 | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x0B | 11th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60FD0020 | NO | |||||||||||||
| 0x0C | 12th Application Object | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO | |||||||||||||
This object defines the mapping parameters for the TxPDO1 the device is able to transmit.
Sub-index from 0x01 to 0x08 contains the information of the mapped application objects.
The object describes the content of the PDO by their index, sub-index and length.
The length contains the length of the application object in bit.
The structure of TxPDO mapping as below.
| ||||||||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x1A01 | —— | TxPDO2 Mapping Parameter | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Parameter Number of Entries | RW | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~12 | 12 | NO | |
| 0x00 0x01 | Number of Entries 1st Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED8 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 012 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 12 —— | NO NO | |
| 0x01 0x02 | 1st Application Object 2nd Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x02 0x03 | 2nd Application Object 3rd Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x03 0x04 | 3rd Application Object 4th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x04 0x05 | 4th Application Object 5th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x05 0x06 | 5th Application Object 6th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x06 0x07 | 6th Application Object 7th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x07 0x08 | 7th Application Object 8th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x08 0x09 | 8th Application Object 9th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60BB0020 | NO NO | |
| 0x09 0x0A | 9th Application Object 10th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60BB0020 0x60BC0020 | NO NO | |
| 0x0A 0x0B | 10th Application Object 11th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60BC0020 0x60BD0020 | NO NO | |
| 0x0B 0x0C | 11th Application Object 12th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 0x60BD0020 0x60FD0020 | NO NO | |
| 0x0C 12th Application Object RW UNSIGNED32 00xFFFFFFFF 0x60FD0020 NO This object defines the mapping parameters for the TxPDO2 the device is able to transmit. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x1A02 | —— | TxPDO3 Mapping Parameter | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RW | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~12 | 7 | NO | |
| 0x00 0x01 | Number of Entries 1st Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED8 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 012 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 7 —— | NO NO | |
| 0x01 0x02 | 1st Application Object 2nd Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x02 0x03 | 2nd Application Object 3rd Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x03 0x04 | 3rd Application Object 4th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x04 0x05 | 4th Application Object 5th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x05 0x06 | 5th Application Object 6th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x06 0x07 | 6th Application Object 7th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x07 0x08 | 7th Application Object 8th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x08 0x09 | 8th Application Object 9th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x09 0x0A | 9th Application Object 10th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x0A 0x0B | 10th Application Object 11th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x0B 0x0C | 11th Application Object 12th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x0C 12th Application Object RW UNSIGNED32 00xFFFFFFFF NO This object defines the mapping parameters for the TxPDO3 the device is able to transmit. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x1A03 | —— | TxPDO4 Mapping Parameter | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Parameter Number of Entries | RW | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~12 | 7 | NO | |
| 0x00 0x01 | Number of Entries 1st Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED8 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 012 0~0xFFFFFFFF | 7 —— | NO NO | |
| 0x01 0x02 | 1st Application Object 2nd Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x02 0x03 | 2nd Application Object 3rd Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x03 0x04 | 3rd Application Object 4th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x04 0x05 | 4th Application Object 5th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x05 0x06 | 5th Application Object 6th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x06 0x07 | 6th Application Object 7th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x07 0x08 | 7th Application Object 8th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x08 0x09 | 8th Application Object 9th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x09 0x0A | 9th Application Object 10th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x0A 0x0B | 10th Application Object 11th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x0B 0x0C | 11th Application Object 12th Application Object | RW RW | UNSIGNED32 UNSIGNED32 | —— | 00xFFFFFFFF 0~0xFFFFFFFF | —— | NO NO | |
| 0x0C 12th Application Object RW UNSIGNED32 00xFFFFFFFF NO This object defines the mapping parameters for the TxPDO4 the device is able to transmit. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x1C12 | —— | Sync Manager 2 RxPDO Assignment | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~4 | 1 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Index of the object to which RxPDO1 is assigned | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0x1600~0x1603 | 0x1600 | NO | |
| 0x02 | RxPDO1 is assigned Index of the object to which RxPDO2 is assigned | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0x1600~0x1603 | —— | NO | |
| 0x03 | RxPDO2 is assigned Index of the object to which RxPDO3 is assigned | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0x1600~0x1603 | —— | NO | |
| 0x04 | RxPDO3 is assigned Index of the object to which RxPDO4 is assigned | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0x1600~0x1603 | —— | NO | |
| RxPDO4 is assigned The index of the object assigned to RxPDO. Note: Changing the PDO assignment object is only valid when the EtherCAT communication state is in the pre-operation state. Be sure to reconfigure the assignment object after each power-on of the drive, otherwise the assignment object will be the default parameter of the | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x1C13 | —— | Sync Manager 3 TxPDO Assignment | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Assignment Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~4 | 1 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Index of the object to which TxPDO1 is assigned | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0x1A00~0x1A03 | 0x1A00 | NO | |
| 0x02 | TxPDO1 is assigned Index of the object to which TxPDO2 is assigned | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0x1A00~0x1A03 | —— | NO | |
| 0x03 | TxPDO2 is assigned Index of the object to which TxPDO3 is assigned | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0x1A00~0x1A03 | —— | NO | |
| 0x04 | TxPDO3 is assigned Index of the object to which TxPDO4 is assigned | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0x1A00~0x1A03 | —— | NO | |
| TxPDO4 is assigned The index of the object assigned to TxPDO. Note: Changing the PDO assignment object is only valid when the EtherCAT communication state is in the pre-operation state. Please be sure to reconfigure the assignment object after each power-on of the drive, otherwise, the assignment object will be the default parameter of the drive. A maximum of 4 assignment objects can be mapped. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x1C32 | —— | Sync Manager 2 Output Parameters | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~32 | 32 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x01 | Sync type | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~2 | 2 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x02 | Cycle time | RO | UNSIGNED32 | ns | —— | 0 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x03 | Offset time | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ns | 0~232-1 | 0 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x04 | Supported sync types | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0x401F | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x05 | Minimum cycle time | RO | UNSIGNED32 | ns | —— | 500000 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x06 | Unit processing time | RO | UNSIGNED32 | ns | —— | 0 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x08 | Get sync time | RW | UNSIGNED16 | ns | 0~216-1 | 0 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x09 | Hardware delay time | RO | UNSIGNED32 | ns | —— | 0 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x0A | Sync cycle time | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ns | 0~232-1 | 0 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x0B | SM event loss count | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x0C | Cycle time error count | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x20 | Sync errors | RO | BOOL | —— | —— | FALSE | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
• Synchronization related parameters of Sync Manager 2.
• Subindex 0x01 sets the synchronization type of synchronization manager 2.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x1C33 | —— | Sync Manager 3 Input Parameters | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~32 | 32 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x01 | Sync type | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0,2,34 | 2 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x02 | Cycle time | RO | UNSIGNED32 | ns | —— | 0 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x03 | Offset time | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ns | 0~232-1 | 0 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x04 | Supported sync types | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0x401F | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x05 | Minimum cycle time | RO | UNSIGNED32 | ns | —— | 500000 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x06 | Unit processing time | RO | UNSIGNED32 | ns | —— | 0 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x08 | Get sync time | RW | UNSIGNED16 | ns | 0~216-1 | 0 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x09 | Hardware delay time | RO | UNSIGNED32 | ns | —— | 0 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x0A | Sync cycle time | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ns | 0~232-1 | 0 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x0B | SM event loss count | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x0C | Cycle time error count | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x20 | Sync errors | RO | BOOL | —— | —— | FALSE | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
• Synchronization related parameters of synchronization manager 3.
• Subindex 0x01 sets the synchronization type of synchronization manager 3.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7.3 2000H Group ---- Manufacturer Specific Objects
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2001 | —— | Home Switch | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~6 | 2 | NO |
| This object shall indicate the digital input port for the home switch in the homing mode. 1 represents the digital input X1. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2002 | —— | Digital Output Status | RO | UNSIGNED32 | —— | —— | 0 | NO | ||||||||||||
This object shall indicate the state of the drive's digital output ports.
| ||||||||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2006 | —— | DSP Clear Alarm | WO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0x55,0xAA | 0 | RxPDO |
| This object defines the ability to clear a warning of the DSP alarm. When the fault causing the drive alarm is removed, 0x55 and 0xAA are successively written to the object, when the value of this object is changed from 0x55 to 0xAA, the drive alarm is cleared. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2007 | —— | Q Procedure Segment | RW | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 1~12 | 1 | RxPDO |
| This object defines the Q program segment number called by the EtherCAT communication instruction in Q programming mode. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x200B | —— | DSP Status Code | RO | UNSIGNED32 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
This object shall indicate the current status code of the drive device.
This object is organized bit-wise, the bits have the following definition:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x200C | —— | Zero Position | RW | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO |
| This object defines the ability to set the actual position 0x6064 of the motor to zero. When the value of this object is changed from 0 to 1, the actual position will be 0. Then the value of this object is automatically restored to 0. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x200F | —— | DSP Alarm Code | RO | UNSIGNED32 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
This object shall indicate the current alarm code occured in the dirve device.
This object is organized bit-wise, the bits have the following definition:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2019 | —— | Device Temperature | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~4 | 4 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Drive Power Module Temperature | RO | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1℃ | —— | 0 | NO | |
| 0x02 | DSP Temperature | RO | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1℃ | —— | 0 | NO | |
| 0x03 | Reserved | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0 | NO | ||
| 0x04 | Reserved | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0 | NO | ||
| This object shall indicate the internal temperature of the device. • Sub-index 0x01 indicate the drive power module temperature. • Sub-index 0x02 indicate the DSP temperature of the drive. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2020 | —— | Physical Node ID | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~127 | 0 | NO |
| Describes the slave addresses set by the drive configuration software Luna for masters that cannot automatically assign slave addresses. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2021 | —— | EtherCAT Node ID | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~7 | 0 | NO |
| For a master that automatically assigns slave addresses, this is the address that the slave is assigned when communicating using EtherCAT. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2022 | —— | Address Source | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~7 | 0 | NO |
| Describes whether the drive address is assigned by the master in EtherCAT communication or set by the configuration software or panel. 0: Set by the drive configuration software Luna or the operation panel 1: Automatically assigned by the master. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2030 | —— | DC Bus Voltage | RO | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1V | —— | 0 | NO |
| This object shall indicate the DC bus voltage of the drive device. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2031 | —— | DSP Firmware Version | RO | Visible string | —— | —— | 0 | NO |
| This object shall indicate the DSP firmware version of the drive device. "0x42303031" means the firmware version is 1.00B. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2032 | —— | FPGA Firmware Version | RO | Visible string | —— | —— | 0 | NO |
| This object shall indicate the FPGA firmware version of the drive device. "0x41303031" means the firmware version is 1.00A. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2033 | —— | Encoder Firmware Version | RO | Visible string | —— | —— | 0 | NO |
| This object shall indicate the encoder firmware of the motor device. "0x41303031" means the firmware version is 1.00A. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2038 | —— | I/O Emergency Stop Options | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO | |
| This object defines the stopping mode of the motor when the emergency stop signal of the digital input of the drive is valid. | |||||||||
| Value | Description | ||||||||
| 0 | Stop immediately and enter the Switch on disabled state. During stop, dynamic braking is performed according to the setting of 0x2AB1 sub-index 1. | ||||||||
| 1 | Stop immediately, the drive reports an error and is disabled. During stop, dynamic braking is performed according to the setting of 0x2AB1 sub-index 1Servo On Remain the Status | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2100 | —— | User Registers | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~26 | 26 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Accumulator | RO | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x02 | User Register 1 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x03 | User Register 2 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x04 | User Register 3 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x05 | User Register 4 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x06 | User Register 5 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x07 | User Register 6 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x08 | User Register 7 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x09 | User Register 8 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x0A | User Register 9 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x0B | User Register 10 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x0C | User Register 11 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x0D | User Register 12 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x0E | User Register 13 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x0F | User Register 14 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x10 | User Register 15 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x11 | User Register 16 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x12 | User Register 17 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x13 | User Register 18 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x14 | User Register 19 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x15 | User Register 20 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x16 | User Register 21 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x17 | User Register 22 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x18 | User Register 23 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x19 | User Register 24 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| 0x1A | User Register 25 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | -231~231-1 | 0 | Tx/RxPDO | |
| This object indicates the user register in the drive non-memory. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A01 | —— | Current Foldback Continuous Time | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~30000 | 2000 | NO |
| This object defines the maximum duration of motor overload operation with 3 times rated torque. When the value of this object is set to 0, the maximum duration is 2000ms, and the drive has not overload warning. When the value of this object is set to other value, the maximum duration is this value, and the drive has overload warning. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A02 | —— | Torque Limit Method | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~5 | 1 | NO | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
This object defines the torque limit method of the drive.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A03 | —— | 1st Torque Limit | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | NO |
| This object defines the 1st torque limit of the servo motor. 100.0% corresponds to the motor rated torque. Notice: If the value of this object is too small, the servo motor may have insufficient torque during acceleration or deceleration process. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A04 | —— | 2nd Torque Limit | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | NO |
| This object defines the 2nd torque limit of the servo motor. 100.0% corresponds to the motor rated torque. Notice: If the value of this object is too small, the servo motor may have insufficient torque during acceleration or deceleration process. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A05 | —— | 3rd Torque Limit | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | NO |
| This object defines the 3rd torque limit of the servo motor. 100.0% corresponds to the motor rated torque. Notice: If the value of this object is too small, the servo motor may have insufficient torque during acceleration or deceleration process. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A06 | —— | 4th Torque Limit | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | NO |
| This object defines the 4th torque limit of the servo motor. 100.0% corresponds to the motor rated torque. Notice: If the value of this object is too small, the servo motor may have insufficient torque during acceleration or deceleration process. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A08 | —— | Torque Limit of Hardstop Homing | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 1000 | NO |
| This object defines the motor torque limit value for the manufacturer specified homing methods -4 to -1. 100.0% corresponds to the motor rated torque. Notice: The value of this object is set according to the application requirement. If the set value is too small, it may lead to inaccurate homing. If the set value is too large, the mechanical equipment may be damaged. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A09 | —— | Motor Stall Protection Time | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~30000 | 0 | NO |
| This object defines the motor stall protection time. In non-torque modes, when the drive detects a motor stall and the duration exceeds this set value, the drive reports a motor stall failure. The drive displays alarm code 7red 3 green. The value of 0 shall disable the motor stall protection. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A0B | —— | Encoder Resolution | RO | UNSIGNED32 | —— | —— | 220 | NO |
| This object shall indicate the motor encoder resolution. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A10 | —— | Digital Output Function Configuration | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~4 | 3 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x01 | Digital Output 1 | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~36 | 7 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x02 | Digital Output 2 | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~36 | 2 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x03 | Digital Output 3 | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~36 | 9 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
This object defines the digital output port function.
Refer to the following table for parameter value settings.
Do not set values other than those defined in the table.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A11 | —— | Analog Output 1 Configuration | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | ||||
| 0x00 | Configuration Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~3 | 3 | NO | |||||
| 0x01 | Offset | RW | UNSIGNED32 | mV | —— | 0 | NO | |||||
| 0x02 | Scale | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~32000 | 1000 | NO | |||||
| 0x03 | Function | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~5 | 0 | NO | |||||
| This object defines the parameters of analog output 1. • Sub-index 0x01 defines the analog output 1 theoretical output voltage value when the actual output voltage to 0V. This function is reserved. • Sub-index 0x02 defines the value of the physical quantity selected by the 0x03 output function when the actual output voltage to +10V (except 0x03=0). • Sub-index 0x03 defines he physical quantity corresponding to the output voltage signal. | ||||||||||||
| Value | Physical quantity | Unit | Value range | Description | ||||||||
| 0 | Actual Voltage | mV | -10000~10000 | Use the OA1 command to directly set the actual voltage value that needs to be output. | ||||||||
| 1 | Actual Current | 0.1% | 0~3000 | When the theoretical output voltage is +10V, the percentage of the actual output current of the drive to the rated current of the motor. | ||||||||
| 2 | Command Current | 0.1% | 0~3000 | When the theoretical output voltage is +10V, the percentage of the command current to the rated current of the motor. | ||||||||
| 3 | Actual Velocity | rps | 0~100 | When the theoretical output voltage is +10V, the motor actual velocity. | ||||||||
| 4 | Target Velocity | rps | 0~100 | When the theoretical output voltage is +10V, the velocity loop sets the target velocity. | ||||||||
| 5 | Position Error | Pulses | 0~32640 | When the theoretical output voltage is +10V, the position error after the electronic gear ratio. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A13 | —— | Brake Output Configuration | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~2 | 2 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Move Command Delay Time When Brake Release | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~32000 | 200 | NO | |
| 0x02 | Servo-off Delay Time When Brake Engage | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~32000 | 200 | NO | |
| This object defines the parameters when the digital output of the drive is configured as the brake release function. • Sub-index 0x01 defines the delay time from the brake output ON (brake release) to the execution of the motion command. • Sub-index 0x02 defines the delay time from the brake output OFF (brake engage) to the motor disabling. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A14 | —— | Absolute Position Reach | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses | -231-1~231-1 | 10000 | NO |
| This object defines the target position for when the digital output of the drive is configured as the near target position function. When the absolute value of the difference between the actual position of the motor and this set value is less than 100 pulses, the near target position signal is valid. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A15 | —— | Positioning Status Configuration | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~4 | 4 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Dynamic Following Error Threshold | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses | 0~231-1 | 10 | NO | |
| 0x02 | Time Constant of Motion Condition | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~30000 | 40 | NO | |
| 0x03 | In-position Output Threshold | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses | 0~32000 | 40 | NO | |
| 0x04 | Command Position Complete Timing | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~20000 | 2 | NO | |
| This object defines the parameters for the state related to the motor positioning. • Sub-index 0x01 defines the dynamic following error threshold. When the absolute value of the position deviation is within this set value, the dynamic error following signal is valid. • Sub-index 0x02 defines the valid time window for positioning completion, speed arrival, speed consistency, zero-speed detection, torque arrival and torque consistency signals. • Sub-index 0x03 defines the position error threshold of the positioning completion signal. When the absolute value of the position deviation value is within this set value, and the duration reaches the time set by sub-index 0x02 of 0x2A15, the positioning completion signal is valid. • Sub-index 0x04 defines the detection time when the drive receives the controller command position completion. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A16 | —— | Velocity Status Configuration | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~3 | 3 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Zero-speed Threshold | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 5000 | NO | |
| 0x02 | Target Value of AT- speed | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 100000 | NO | |
| 0x03 | Velocity Consistency Threshold | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 2000 | NO | |
| This object defines the parameters for the state related to the motor speed.
• Sub-index 0x01 defines the zero-speed judgment threshold.
When the command velocity is 0 and the absolute value of the actual
velocity is within this set value, and the duration reaches the set time by sub-index 0x02 of 0x2A15, the zero-speed detection signal
efficient is valid.
• Sub-index 0x02 defines the target value for judging the speed arrival.
When the absolute value of actual velocity exceeds this set
value, and the duration reaches the time set by sub-index 2 of 0x2A15, the speed arrival signal is valid.
• Sub-index 0x03 defines the fluctuation range for velocity coincidence to be achieved.
When the absolute value of the difference
between the actual velocity and the target velocity(0x60FF) is within this set value, and the duration reaches the time set by sub-
index 0x02 of 0x2A15, the velocity coincidence signal is valid. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A17 | —— | Torque Consistency Threshold | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 10 | NO |
| This object defines the fluctuation range for the motor torque coincidence to be achieved. When the absolute value of the difference between the actual torque and the target torque(0x6071) is within this set value, and the duration reaches the time set by sub-index 2 of 0x2A15, it is considered that the actual motor torque has reached the expected value and the torque coincidence signal is valid. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A18 | —— | Target Value of Torque Arrival | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 0 | NO |
| This object defines the target value for judging the torque arrival. When the absolute value of the difference between the absolute value of actual torque and the set value is within the torque consistency threshold (0x2A17), and the duration reaches the time set by sub-index 0x02 of 0x2A15, the torque arrival signal is valid. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A20 | —— | Digital Input Function Configuration | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~6 | 6 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x01 | Digital Input 1 | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~46 | 0 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x02 | Digital Input 2 | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~46 | 39 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x03 | Digital Input 3 | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~46 | 0 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x04 | Digital Input 4 | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~46 | 13 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x05 | Digital Input 5 | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~46 | 7 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0x06 | Digital Input 6 | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~46 | 5 | NO | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
This object defines the digital input port function.
Refer to the following table for parameter value settings.
Do not set values other than those defined in the table.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A21 | —— | Digital Input Filter | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~8 | 8 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Digital input 1 | RW | UNSIGNED16 | ms | 0~8000 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x02 | Digital input 2 | RW | UNSIGNED16 | ms | 0~8000 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x03 | Digital input 3 | RW | UNSIGNED16 | ms | 0~8000 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x04 | Digital input 4 | RW | UNSIGNED16 | ms | 0~8000 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x05 | Digital input 5 | RW | UNSIGNED16 | ms | 0~8000 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x06 | Digital input 6 | RW | UNSIGNED16 | ms | 0~8000 | 0 | NO | |
| This object defines the filter time of the low-pass filter of the digital input port of the drive. The input filter supports up to 4 valid input at once. Note: Setting a proper filter time is helpful to eliminate external interference signals. If the filter time is too long, it will cause the input signal to lag. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A22 | —— | Analog Input 1 Configuration | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~5 | 5 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Deadband | RW | UNSIGNED32 | mV | 0~255 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x02 | Offset | RW | INTEGER32 | mV | -10000~10000 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x03 | Filter | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1Hz | 0~20000 | 1000 | NO | |
| 0x04 | Trigger Threshold | RW | INTEGER32 | mV | -10000~10000 | 5000 | NO | |
| 0x05 | Reserved | —— | —— | —— | —— | 0 | NO | |
| This object defines the parameters of analog input 1. • Sub-index 0x01 defines the range of analog input 1 input voltage when the drive sampling voltage value is 0. • Sub-index 0x02 defines the actual input voltage value of analog input 1 when the drive sampling voltage value is 0. • Sub-index 0x03 defines the drive's low-pass filter frequency for the input voltage signal. • Sub-index 0x04 defines the voltage value when the digital state changes when the analog input of the drive is used as a digital function. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A23 | —— | Aanloge Input 2 Configuration | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~5 | 5 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Deadband | RW | UNSIGNED32 | mV | 0~255 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x02 | Offset | RW | INTEGER32 | mV | -10000~10000 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x03 | Filter | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1Hz | 0~20000 | 1000 | NO | |
| 0x04 | Trigger Threshold | RW | INTEGER32 | mV | -10000~10000 | 5000 | NO | |
| 0x05 | Reserved | —— | —— | —— | —— | 0 | NO | |
| This object defines the parameters of analog input 2. • Sub-index 0x01 defines the range of analog input 2 input voltage when the drive sampling voltage value is 0. • Sub-index 0x02 defines the actual input voltage value of analog input 2 when the drive sampling voltage value is 0. • Sub-index 0x03 defines the drive's low-pass filter frequency for the input voltage signal. • Sub-index 0x04 defines the voltage value when the digital state changes when the analog input of the drive is used as a digital function. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A25 | —— | Analog Input Voltage | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~3 | 3 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Analog Input 1 Voltage | RO | INTEGER32 | mV | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x02 | Analog Input 2 Voltage | RO | INTEGER32 | mV | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| 0x03 | Reserveds | —— | —— | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO | |
| This object shall indicate the actual sampling voltage value of the analog input. • Sub-index 0x01 indicates the actual sampling voltage value of analog input 1. • Sub-index 0x02 indicates the actual sampling voltage value of analog input 2. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A26 | —— | Analog Input Auto Zero | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~3 | 3 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Analog Input 1 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x02 | Analog Input 2 | RW | INTEGER32 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x03 | Reserved | —— | —— | —— | —— | 0 | NO | |
| This object defines the analog input sampling voltage to be automatically adjusted to zero. • Sub-index 0x01 defines the analog input 1 and 2 sampling voltage automatic zero adjustment. When this parameter is set to 1, the automatic zero adjustment will be executed, and then the value of this object will automatically return to 0. • Sub-index 0x02 defines the analog input 1 and 2 sampling voltage automatic zero adjustment. When this parameter is set to 1, the automatic zero adjustment will be executed, and then the value of this object will automatically return to 0. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A27 | —— | Analog Input Function | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | ||||||
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~6 | 6 | NO | |||||||
| 0x01 | Analog Input 1 Function | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO | |||||||
| 0x02 | Reserved | —— | UNSIGNED32 | —— | —— | 0 | NO | |||||||
| 0x03 | Reserved | —— | UNSIGNED32 | —— | —— | 0 | NO | |||||||
| 0x04 | Reserved | —— | UNSIGNED32 | —— | —— | 0 | NO | |||||||
| 0x05 | Velocity Gain | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 500000 | NO | |||||||
| 0x06 | Torque Gain | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 1000 | NO | |||||||
| This object defines the function of the analog input signal. • Sub-index 0x01 defines the function of analog input 1. Set the function of the analog input signal. • Sub-index 0x01 sets the function of analog input signal 1. | ||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A30 | —— | Main Control Mode | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 1,15,21,26,30 | 21 | NO | ||||||||||||
This object defines the main control mode of the drive.
| ||||||||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A31 | —— | Secondary Control Mode | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 1,2,7,11,15,21 | 21 | NO | ||||||||||||||
| This object defines the secondary control mode of the drive. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
This object defines the secondary control mode of the drive.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A32 | —— | Operation Mode when Power-up | RO | UNSIGNED32 | —— | —— | 10 | NO | ||||
This object shall indicate the operation mode when power-up.
| ||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A33 | —— | Velocity Control Clamp Mode | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 1~2 | 2 | NO | ||||||
This object defines the control type of the drive in profile velocity(PV) mode and cyclic synchronous velocity(CSV) mode.
| ||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A34 | —— | Regen Resistor Configuration | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~3 | 3 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Regeneration Resistor Value | RW | INTEGER32 | Ω | 10~32000 | 200 | NO | |
| 0x02 | Regeneration Resistor Power | RW | INTEGER32 | W | 0~32000 | 40 | NO | |
| 0x03 | Regeneration Resistor Time Constant | RW | INTEGER32 | ms | 0~8000 | 1000 | NO | |
| This object defines the parameters of the built-in or external regenerative energy absorption resistance. • Sub-index 0x01 defines the resistance of the built-in or external regenerative energy absorption resistor. • Sub-index 0x02 defines the power of the built-in or external regenerative energy absorption resistor. • Sub-index 0x03 defines the absorption time of the built-in or external regenerative energy absorption resistor. Note: 1. All MDX+ integrated motor have built-in regenerative energy absorption resistors. Different drive models have different specifications of built-in resistors. The minimum resistance allowed for external resistors is also different. 2. Set the parameters of the absorption resistance according to the specifications of the actual external resistance. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A35 | —— | Keypad Setting Lock | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO | ||||||
This object defines whether the parameters in the parameter table can be modified by the keyboard or not.
| ||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A37 | —— | Alarm Mask | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~232-1 | 232-1 | NO | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
This object defines the warning message displayed on the drive LED display, which is masked when a bit is set to 0.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A42 | —— | Speed of internal speed mode | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | -231~231-1 | 100000 | NO |
| Set the speed when the driver controls the motor to run in Jog mode. speed(rpm) = 60 x set value The number of pulses per cycle = 60 x 0x2A42 0x2A90 When |speed|<0.25rpm, the speed setting value is 0. The maximum speed is 6000rpm. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A43 | —— | Jog Acceleration | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s2 | 0~232-1 | 1000000 | NO |
| This object defines the acceleration for Jog running. acceleration(rpm/s) = 60 x setpoint The number of pulses required for one revolution of the motor = 60 x 0x2A43 0x2A90 When the acceleration is less than 10rpm/s, the acceleration setting value is 0. The maximum acceleration can be set to 300000rpm/s. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A44 | —— | Jog Deceleration | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s2 | 0~232-1 | 1000000 | NO |
| This object defines the deceleration for Jog running. deceleration(rpm/s) = 60 x setpoint The number of pulses required for one revolution of the motor = 60 x 0x2A44 0x2A90 When the deceleration is less than 10rpm/s, the acceleration setting value is 0. The maximum deceleration can be set to 300000rpm/s. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A45 | —— | Change Velocity | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 100000 | NO |
| This object defines the change velocity for FC and FD moves in the Q programming mode. speed (rpm) = 60 x setpoint The number of pulses required for one revolution of the motor = 60x0x2A45 0x2A90 When the velocity is less than 0.25rpm, the velocity setting value is 0. The maximum velocity is 6000rpm. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A46 | —— | Multi-segment velocity Configuration | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~8 | 8 | NO | |
| 0x01 | 1st Velocity | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | -231~231-1 | 20000 | NO | |
| 0x02 | 2nd Velocity | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | -231~231-1 | 100000 | NO | |
| 0x03 | 3rd Velocity | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | -231~231-1 | 200000 | NO | |
| 0x04 | 4th Velocity | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | -231~231-1 | 250000 | NO | |
| 0x05 | 5th Velocity | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | -231~231-1 | 300000 | NO | |
| 0x06 | 6th Velocity | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | -231~231-1 | 350000 | NO | |
| 0x07 | 7th Velocity | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | -231~231-1 | 400000 | NO | |
| 0x08 | 8th Velocity | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | -231~231-1 | 500000 | NO | |
| This object defines the velocity for multi-segment velocity control mode. speed (rpm) = 60 x setpoint The number of pulses required for one revolution of the motor = 60 x setpoint 0x2A90 When the absolute value of velocity is less than 0.25rpm, the speed setting value is 0. The maximum velocity is 6000rpm. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A47 | —— | Velocity Limit of Torque Mode | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 800000 | RxPDO |
| This object defines the maximum velocity value of the servo in torque mode. speed (rpm) = 60 x setpoint The number of pulses required for one revolution of the motor = 60 x0x2A47 0x2A90 This set value should not be greater than the maximum velocity set by 0x607F. When the velocity is less than 0.25rpm, the velocity setting value is 0. At this time, the drive only has current loop control, and the maximum velocity setting value is 6000rpm. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A4C | —— | Jerk Time | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~125 | 10 | NO |
| This object defines the FIR filter time for the drive when using internal trajectory planning.
This parameter can reduce the motion transients of the motor and mechanical system, and make the motor run more smoothly.
The effect of the jerk time on the input command is shown in the figure below. | ||||||||
T T T T=S Curve Filter
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A4D | —— | Jerk Filter | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~1000 | 10 | NO |
| This object defines the smoothing filter time for the drive to the command.
This parameter can reduce the motion transients of the motor and mechanical system, and make the motor run more smoothly.
The effect of the command smoothing filter time on the input command is shown in the figure below. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A4E | —— | Interpolation filter | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~125 | 10 | NO |
| This object defines the FIR filter time of the drive to the external position command. This parameter can reduce the motion transients of the motor and mechanical system, and make the motor run more smoothly. Refer to the 0x2A4C parameter effect diagram for the effect of the interpolation filter time on the input command. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A50 | —— | Tuning Mode | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~2 | 0 | NO | ||||||||||||
This obejct defines the drive parameter tuning mode.
| ||||||||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A51 | —— | Load Type | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~2 | 0 | NO | ||||||||||||
This object defines the motor load type.
When the 0x2A50 parameter tuning type is set to 1 (auto tuning), the load type should set according to the following table.
| ||||||||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A52 | —— | Load inertia Ratio | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.01 | 0~10000 | 0 | NO |
| This obejct defines the ratio of mechanical load inertia to the motor rotor inertia. Load inertia ratio = Mechanical load inertia + motor rotor inertia Motor rotor moment of inertia When 0x2A50 parameter tuning type is set to 1 or 2 (auto tuning or fine tuning), this object allows manual setting or automatic detection of load inertia ratio. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A53 | —— | 1st Stiffness Level | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 1~20 | 5 | NO |
| This object defines the mechanical stiffness of the servo system. In the No tuning and auto-tuning modes, the higher the stiffness level, the stronger the gain and faster the response. Excessive stiffness will cause vibration and noise. Level 1 has the weakest stiffness and level 20 has the strongest stiffness. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A54 | —— | 2nd Stiffness Level | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 1~20 | 5 | NO |
| This object defines the mechanical stiffness of the servo system. When the gain switch is turned on, the second stiffness level is valid under the corresponding conditions. In the No tuning and auto-tuning modes, the higher the stiffness level, the stronger the gain and faster the response. Excessive stiffness will cause vibration and noise. Level 1 has the weakest stiffness and level 20 has the strongest stiffness. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A55 | —— | 1st Position Loop Gain | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1Hz | 0~20000 | 52 | NO |
| This object defines the proportional gain of the position control loop. This parameter determines the responsiveness of the position loop. Increasing the position loop gain can reduce the system's following error and shorten the positioning time. Setting too large may cause vibration and noise. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A56 | —— | 1st Position Loop Integral Time Constant | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~30000 | 0 | NO |
| This object defines the integral time of the position loop. Reducing the integral time can improve the responsiveness of the position loop and reduce the following error. This feature is reserved and not yet supported. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A57 | —— | 1st Position Loop Derivative Time Constant | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~30000 | 0 | NO |
| This object defines the differential time of the position loop. Reducing the differential time can significantly enhance the system's ability to suppress vibration and quickly stabilize. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A58 | —— | 1st Position Loop Derivative Filter | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1Hz | 0~40000 | 20000 | NO |
| This obejct defines the differential cut-off frequency of the position loop. Reducing the differential filter frequency can prevent vibration and reduce the noise caused by the differential time. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A59 | —— | Velocity Feedforward Gain | RW | INTEGER32 | 0.01% | -30000~30000 | 3000 | NO |
| This object defines the velocity feedforward gain. Improve the responsiveness of the position loop control and shorten the positioning time. Setting too large may cause overshooting or vibration, and the positioning time may not be shortened. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A5A | —— | Velocity Feedforward Filter | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1Hz | 0~40000 | 20000 | NO |
| This object defines the velocity feedforward cut-off frequency. Decreasing the velocity feedforward filter frequency can suppress the speed overshooting or vibration, but the position deviation will increase when the speed changes. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A5B | —— | 1st Velocity Loop Command Gain | RW | INTEGER32 | 0.01% | -30000~30000 | 10000 | NO |
| Command Gain This object defines the velocity loop command velocity reference gain. Increasing the command velocity gain can improve the responsiveness of the velocity loop control. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A5C | —— | 1st Velocity Loop Gain | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1Hz | 0~30000 | 183 | NO |
| This object defines the velocity loop gain. This parameter determines the responsiveness of the speed loop. The larger the parameter, the faster the response of the speed loop; too large a setting may cause vibration and noise. In position control mode, if you want to increase the position loop gain, you need to increase the speed loop gain at the same time. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A5D | —— | Integral time of the first speed loop constant | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~30000 | 189 | NO |
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A5E | —— | Acceleration feedforward gain | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.01% | 0~20000 | 3000 | NO |
| Set the acceleration feed forward gain. By giving the open-loop control current of a certain load under a certain acceleration, the system followability can be significantly improved, thereby suppressing the overshoot at the end of acceleration and deceleration. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A5F | —— | Acceleration feedforward filter frequency | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1Hz | 0~40000 | 20000 | NO |
| Sets acceleration feedforward filter frequency. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A60 | —— | First command torque filter frequency | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1Hz | 0~40000 | 1099 | NO |
| Sets the filter frequency of the command torque low-pass filter. By low-pass filtering the command torque one can make the command torque smoother by dampening vibration. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A61 | —— | Second position loop gain | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1Hz | 0~20000 | 52 | NO |
| Sets the position control loop proportional gain. This parameter determines the responsiveness of the position loop. Increasing the position loop gain can reduce the system following error, reducing the positioning time. Setting too high may cause vibration and noise. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A62 | —— | Second position loop integration time constant | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~32767 | 0 | NO |
| Sets the position loop integral time constant. Reducing the integral time constant can improve the responsiveness of the position loop by reducing following error. This feature is reserved and not yet supported | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A63 | —— | Second position loop differential time constant | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~30000 | 0 | NO |
| Sets the position loop derivative time constant. Reducing the differential time constant can significantly enhance the system's ability to suppress vibration, and quickly stabilize. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A64 | —— | Second Position Loop Differential Filtering frequency | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1Hz | 0~40000 | 20000 | NO |
| Sets the position loop differential cutoff frequency. Reducing the differential filter frequency prevents jitter,and reduces the noise caused by the differential time constant. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A65 | —— | Second command speed gain | RW | INTEGER32 | 0.01% | -30000~30000 | 10000 | NO |
| Sets speed loop command speed reference gain. Increasing the command speed gain can improve the responsiveness of the speed loop control. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A66 | —— | Second speed loop gain | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1Hz | 0~30000 | 183 | NO |
| Sets the second speed loop gain. This parameter determines the responsiveness of the speed loop. The larger the parameter is, the faster the speed loop responds. Setting too high may cause vibration and noise. In position control mode, if the user increases the position loop gain, they must also increase speed loop gain. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A67 | —— | Second speed loop integration time constant | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~30000 | 189 | NO |
| constant Set speed loop integral time constant. The smaller the value of this parameter, the better the integration effect and the smaller the steady-state deviation. Setting too small will cause vibration and noise of the entire servo system. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A68 | —— | Second command torque filter frequency | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1Hz | 0~40000 | 1099 | NO |
| Sets the filter frequency of the command torque low-pass filter. By low-pass filtering the command torque, one can make the command torque smoother by dampening vibration. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A69 | —— | Gain switching parameter configuration | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | NO | |
| 0x00 | maximum sub-index | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~6 | 6 | NO | ||
| 0x01 | Gain switching condition selection | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~4 | 0 | NO | ||
| 0x02 | position deviation | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses | 0~231-1 | 0 | NO | ||
| 0x03 | Max Velocity | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | 0~231-1 | 0 | NO | ||
| 0x04 | Max Torque | RW | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 10 | NO | ||
| 0x05 | The second gain switches to the first gain benefit delay time | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~10000 | 10 | NO | ||
| 0x06 | The first gain switches to the second gain benefit delay time | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~10000 | 0 | NO | ||
| Set parameters for gain switching. • sub-index 0x01 sets the gain switching conditions. | |||||||||
| • sub-ind value | dex 0x01 sets the gain switc Gain switching condition | ching conditions. Instruction | |||||||
| 0 | Fixed at the first set of gains | Fixed at the first set of gains | |||||||
| 1 | gains Position Deviation | In the first set of gains, the absolute value of the actual position deviation exceeds 0x2A69 sub- index 0x02 and the duration reaches 0x2A69 sub-index 0x06 . Switch to the second set of gains In the second set of gains, the absolute value of the actual position deviation is less than 0x2A69 sub-index 0x02 and the duration reaches 0x2A69 subindex 0x05. Return to the first set of gains. | |||||||
| 2 | Velocity Overshoot | In the first set of gains, the absolute value of the actual speed exceeds 0x2A69 sub-index 0x03 and the duration reaches 0x2A69 sub-index 0x06. Switch to the second set of gains In the second set of gains, the absolute value of the actual speed is lower than 0x2A69 sub- index 0x03 and the duration reaches 0x2A69 sub-index 0x05. Return to the first set of gains |
|---|---|---|
| 3 | Torque Overshoot | In the first set of gains, the percentage of the absolute value of the actual torque relative to the rated torque of the motor exceeds 0x2A69 sub-index 0x04 and the duration reaches 0x2A69 sub-index 0x06. Switch to the second set of gains. In the second set of gains, the percentage of the absolute value of the actual torque relative to the rated torque of the motor is lower than 0x2A69 sub-index 0x04, and the duration reaches 0x2A69 sub-index 0x05. Return to the first set of gains |
| 4 | Positioning completed | in the first set of gains, if positioning is not completed, switch to the second set of gains in the second set of gains, if the positioning is completed and the duration reaches 0x2A69 sub- index 0x05, return to the first set of gains |
| • sub-index 0x02 Sets the position deviation value that causes gain switching when the gain switching condition is selected as position deviation. • sub-index 0x03 Sets the maximum speed value that causes gain switching when the gain switching condition is selected as Velocity Overshoot. • sub-index 0x04 Sets the maximum torque value that causes gain switching when the gain switching condition is selected as Torque Overshoot. • sub-index 0x05 Sets the time required for the switching condition to be satisfied and cause a switch from the second set of gains to the first set of gains. • sub-index 0x06 Sets the time required for the switching condition to be satisfied and cause a switch from the first set of gains to the second set of gains. Note: For gain switching function, refer to Chapter 5.8. | ||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A80 | —— | Position phase compensation | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| This feature is reserved and not yet supported | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A81 | —— | Position notch filter parameter settings | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | maximum sub-index | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~4 | 4 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Notch filter switch | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x02 | Notch filter Center frequency | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Hz | 100~4000 | 3000 | NO | |
| 0x03 | Notch Filter Frequency Bandwidth | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Hz | 1~4000 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x04 | Notch filter depth | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.01dB | -300~-10000 | -4000 | NO | |
| Sets Position Notch Filter Parameters. This feature is reserved and not yet supported • sub-index 0x01 Sets whether the notch filter is enabled. 0: Indicates that the position notch filter function is turned off, 1: Indicates that the position notch filter function is on. • sub-index 0x02 Sets the center frequency of the position notch filter. • sub-index 0x03 Sets the frequency width of the position notch filter. • sub-index 0x04 Sets the depth of the position notch filter. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A82 | —— | Speed phase compensation | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| This feature is reserved and not yet supported | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A83 | —— | Velocity notch filter parameter settings | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | maximum sub-index | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~4 | 4 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Notch filter switch | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x02 | Notch filter center frequency | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Hz | 100~4000 | 3000 | NO | |
| 0x03 | Notch Filter Bandwidth Frequency | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Hz | 1~4000 | 200 | NO | |
| 0x04 | Notch filter depth | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.01dB | -300~-10000 | -4000 | NO | |
| Set velocity notch filter parameters.This feature is reserved,Not yet supported • sub-index 0x01 Sets whether the notch filter is enabled. 0: Indicates that the velocity notch filter function is turned off, 1: Indicates that the velocity notch filter function is enabled. • sub-index 0x02 Sets the center frequency of the velocity notch filter. • sub-index 0x03 Set the frequency width of the velocity notch filter. • sub-index 0x04 Sets the depth of the velocity notch filter. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A84 | —— | Torque Phase Compensation | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| Compensation This feature is reserved and not yet supported | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A85 | —— | Resonance suppression filter 1 parameter configuration | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | configuration maximum sub-index | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~4 | 4 | NO | |
| 0x01 | filter switch | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x02 | Resonance center frequency | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1Hz | 1000~40000 | 30000 | NO | |
| 0x03 | frequency Bandwidth class | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~20 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x04 | depth rating | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~100 | 1 | NO | |
| Sets the parameters of resonance suppression filter 1. • Sub-index 0x01 sets whether resonance suppression filter 1 is turned on. 0: indicates off,1: indicates on. • Sub-index 0x02 sets the center frequency, the resonant frequency, of resonant filter 1. The resonant frequency is obtained through the mechanical analysis function and can be manually selected whether to use it. • Sub-index 0x03 sets the bandwidth level of resonant rejection filter 1, which is the ratio of the notch width to the center frequency. The larger this setpoint, the greater the notch width. • Sub-index 0x04 sets the center frequency depth level of resonant rejection filter 1. The smaller this setting, the greater the notch depth, and the better the vibration suppression effect, but too small will increase the vibration. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A86 | —— | resonance suppression filter 2 parameter configuration | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | configuration maximum sub-index | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~4 | 4 | NO | |
| 0x01 | filter switch | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x02 | Resonance frequency | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1Hz | 1000~40000 | 30000 | NO | |
| 0x03 | Bandwidth class | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~20 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x04 | depth rating | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~100 | 1 | NO | |
| Sets the parameters of resonance suppression filter 2. • Sub-index 0x01 sets whether resonance suppression filter 2 is turned on. 0: indicates off,1: indicates on. • Sub-index 0x02 sets the center frequency, the resonant frequency, of resonant filter 2, which is obtained by mechanical analysis and can be manually selected whether to use it. • Sub-index 0x03 sets the bandwidth level of resonant rejection filter 2, which is the ratio of the notch width to the center frequency. The larger this setpoint, the greater the notch width. • Sub-index 0x04 sets the center frequency depth level of resonant rejection filter 2. The smaller this setting, the greater the notch depth, and the better the vibration • suppression effect, but too small will increase the vibration. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A87 | —— | resonance suppression filter3parameter configuration | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | maximum sub-index | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~4 | 4 | NO | |
| 0x01 | filter switch | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~2 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x02 | Resonance frequency | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1Hz | 1000~40000 | 30000 | NO | |
| 0x03 | Bandwidth class | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~20 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x04 | depth rating | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~100 | 1 | NO | |
| Sets the parameters of resonance suppression filter 3. • Sub-index 0x01 sets whether resonance suppression filter 3 is turned on. 0: indicates off,1: indicates on. • Sub-index 0x02 sets the center frequency, the resonant frequency, of resonant filter 3, which is obtained by mechanical analysis and can be manually selected whether to use it. • Sub-index 0x03 sets the bandwidth level of resonant rejection filter 3, which is the ratio of the notch width to the center frequency. The larger this setpoint, the greater the notch width. • Sub-index 0x04 sets the center frequency depth level of resonant rejection filter 3. The smaller this setting, the greater the notch depth, and the better the vibration • suppression effect, but too small will increase the vibration. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A88 | —— | Vibration suppression filter4parameter configuration | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | configuration maximum sub-index | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~4 | 4 | NO | |
| 0x01 | filter switch | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~2 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x02 | Resonance frequency | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1Hz | 1000~40000 | 30000 | NO | |
| 0x03 | Bandwidth class | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~20 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x04 | depth rating | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~100 | 1 | NO | |
| Sets the parameters of resonance suppression filter 4. • Sub-index 0x01 sets whether resonance suppression filter 4 is turned on. 0: indicates off,1: indicates on. • Sub-index 0x02 sets the center frequency, the resonant frequency, of resonant filter 4, which is obtained by mechanical analysis and can be manually selected whether to use it. • Sub-index 0x03 sets the bandwidth level of resonant rejection filter4, which is the ratio of the notch width to the center frequency. The larger this set-point, the greater the notch width. • Sub-index 0x04 sets the center frequency depth level of resonant rejection filter 4. The smaller this setting, the greater the notch depth, and the better the vibration • suppression effect, but too small will increase the vibration. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A90 | —— | Motor Resolution (Pulses/ revolution) | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 200~131072 | 10000 | NO |
| Set the number of pulses required for one revolution of the servo motor. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A91 | —— | Pulse input filter width | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1μs | 0~32000 | 5 | NO |
| Sets the minimum pulse width of the input pulses of the driver's digital input ports X1 and X2 under pulse position control mode. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A92 | —— | Pulse input setting | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~31 | 9 | NO | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sets the input Pulse control type
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A93 | —— | Electronic gear ratio parameter setting | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | maximum sub-index | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~2 | 2 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Electronic gear ratio numerator | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 1~231-1 | 1048576 | NO | |
| 0x02 | Electronic gear ratio denominator | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 1~231-1 | 10000 | NO | |
| Set servo system electronic gear ratio parameters. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A94 | —— | Pulse frequency division output parameter configuration | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | maximum sub-index | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~5 | 5 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Pulse output source | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 1~3 | 1 | NO | |
| 0x02 | Divider ratio numerator | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~13107200 | 10000 | NO | |
| 0x03 | divider ratio denominator | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~13107200 | 131072 | NO | |
| 0x04 | output A/B Pulse phase setting | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x05 | output Z Pulse Polarity Setting | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO |
| value | Instruction |
|---|---|
| 1 | Motor encoder |
| 1 2 | Motor encoder second encoder |
| 2 3 | second encoder External position command pulse |
• sub-index 0x02 sets the numerator of the frequency division ratio of the drive output pulse. • sub-index 0x03 sets the denominator of the frequency division ratio of the drive output pulse. • sub-index 0x04 sets the drive output A/B pulse phase. • sub-index 0x05 sets the polarity of the Z pulse by the driver
Note: When the ratio numerator or the ratio denominator is set to 0, pulses are processed without frequency division output.
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A9A | —— | Absolute encoder motor parameters | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | parameters maximum sub-index | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~6 | 6 | NO | |
| 0x01 | connection | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x02 | motor model | RO | Visible string | —— | —— | 0 | NO | |
| 0x03 | Motor serial number | RO | Visible string | —— | —— | 0 | NO | |
| 0x04 | Motor rated current | RO | UNSIGNED32 | 0.01A | —— | 0 | NO | |
| 0x05 | Motor rated torque | RO | UNSIGNED32 | mN.m | —— | 0 | NO | |
| 0x06 | Motor rated speed | RO | UNSIGNED32 | rpm | —— | 0 | NO | |
| 0x07 | reserved | —— | —— | —— | —— | 0 | —— | |
| Describes the parameters for the drive to connect an absolute encoder motor. • sub-index 0x01 describes whether the drive is connected to a motor. 0:Motor not connected,1:Motor connected • sub-index 0x02 describes the model to which the drive is connected to the motor. • sub-index 0x03 describes the serial number of the motor to which the drive is connected. • sub-index 0x04 describes the rated current at which the driver connects to the motor. • sub-index 0x05 describes the rated torque at which the drive connects to the motor. • sub-index 0x06 describes the rated speed at which the drive is connected to the motor. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A9B | —— | Incremental encoder motor parameters | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | maximum sub-index | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~6 | 6 | NO | |
| 0x01 | connection | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x02 | motor model | RO | Visible string | —— | —— | 0 | NO | |
| 0x03 | Motor serial number | RO | Visible string | —— | —— | 0 | NO | |
| 0x04 | Motor rated current | RO | UNSIGNED32 | 0.01A | —— | 0 | NO | |
| 0x05 | Motor rated torque | RO | UNSIGNED32 | mN.m | —— | 0 | NO | |
| 0x06 | Motor rated speed | RO | UNSIGNED32 | rpm | —— | 0 | NO | |
| 0x07 | reserved | —— | —— | —— | —— | 0 | —— | |
| Describes the parameters of the drive connected to the incremental encoder motor. • sub-index 0x01 describes whether the drive is connected to a motor. 0:Motor not connected,1:Motor connected • sub-index 0x02 describes the model of the motor connected to the driver. • sub-index 0x03 describes the serial number of the motor connected to the driver. • sub-index 0x04 describes the rated current of the motor connected to the driver. • sub-index 0x05 describes the rated torque of the motor connected to the driver. • sub-index 0x06 describes the rated speed of the motor connected to the driver. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A9C | —— | Encoder information | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | maximum sub-index | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~5 | 5 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Encoder type | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | NO | |
| 0x02 | encoder error code | RO | UNSIGNED32 | —— | —— | 0 | NO | |
| 0x03 | Encoder temperature | RO | Visible string | 0.1℃ | —— | 0 | NO | |
| 0x04 | Absolute encoder usage mode | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~3 | 2 | NO | |
| 0x05 | Absolute encoder reset | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~2 | 0 | NO | |
| Describes the encoder information of the motor connected to the drive. • sub-index 0x01 Describes the type of motor encoder. value Description value Description 0 15 Wire Incremental Encoder 4 reserved 1 9 Wire Incremental Encoder 5 17 Bit battery-free absolute encoder 2 reserved 6 20 Bit absolute value photoelectric encoder 3 20 Bit incremental photoelectric encoder 7 17 Bit Incremental Magnetic Encoder • sub-index 0x02 Describes motor encoder error codes 0x2A9C sub-index 0x01 values of 3/6/7: 0x2A9C sub-index 0x01 value of 5: bit Description bit Description 0 battery voltage is lower than 3.2V 0 Register communication error 1 The battery is not connected or the voltage is below 2.8V 1 Encoder transmit data error 2 Encoder communication timeout 17~2 internal use 3 auto send error 18 Encoder not connected 4 Encoder communication error 22~19 internal use 31~5 internal use 23 The encoder needs to perform a multi-turn reset 31~21 internal use • sub-index 0x03 Describes the motor encoder temperature. • sub-index 0x04 Sets the absolute value encoder usage mode. value model 0 Incremental encoder 1 Single-turn absolute encoder 2 Multiturn encoder 3 Multi-turn encoder does not count overflow sub-index 0x05 is set to clear the alarm of the absolute encoder or clear the multi-turn data. Note For the use of the absolute value system, refer to Chapter 5.11. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2AA0 | —— | actual output current | RO | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1% | —— | 0 | NO |
| Describe the percentage of the actual output current of the drive to the rated current. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2AA1 | —— | Motor torque constant | RO | UNSIGNED32 | mN.m/A | —— | 430 | NO |
| Describes the torque constant of the motor connected to the drive. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2AA2 | —— | Pulse input count | RO | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
| Describes the number of external pulses received at the drives digital input ports X1,X2 | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2AA8 | —— | Position Error Alarm Threshold | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses | 0~231-1 | 100000 | NO |
| Sets the Position Error Alarm Threshold. When the absolute value of the actual position deviation is greater than this set value, the drive will report a position error overrun fault, The alarm code is 8red 1green. When this set value is 0 Time,Position error out-of-limit detection will not be enabled. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2AB0 | —— | Virtual digital inputs | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | maximum sub-index | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~2 | 2 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Input state settings | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~28-1 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x02 | input status enable | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~28-1 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| Sets the drive's virtual digital input state. • subindex0x01Set the input state of the virtual digital input signal. bit Features instruction 0 digital input 1 0:Virtual input optocoupler disconnected 1:Virtual input optocoupler on 1 digital input 2 2 digital input 3 3 digital input 4 4 digital input 5 5 digital input 6 15~6 reserved reserved function, Keep it as "0” • sub-index 0x02 Sets whether to enable virtual digital input function. bit Features instruction 0 digital input 1 0: Disable virtual input 1: Enable virtual input 1 digital input 2 2 digital input 3 3 digital input 4 4 digital input 5 5 digital input 6 15~6 reserved Reserved, keep "0" Note: For virtual digital input functions, refer to Chapter 5.1 | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2AB1 | —— | Dynamic Brake Parameter Configuration | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | maximum sub-index | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~4 | 4 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Braking Mode when Motor Disabled | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~5 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x02 | Maximum action time (Servo Disabled) | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~30000 | 500 | NO | |
| 0x03 | Action when an error is reported | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~3 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x04 | Maximum Action Time (Servo Error) | RW | UNSIGNED32 | ms | 0~30000 | 0 | NO | |
| Sets the action of the drive to control the dynamic braking. • sub-index 0x01 sets the action of dynamic brake when the servo is disabled. value instruction deceleration process stop 0 Immediate Stop maintain free movement 1 Immediate Stop dynamic braking action 2 free movement maintain free movement 3 free movement dynamic braking action 4 dynamic braking action maintain free movement 5 dynamic braking action dynamic braking action • sub-index 0x02 sets the maximum action time during the deceleration process that the servo is disabled • sub-index 0x03 sets the action of the dynamic brake when the servo reports an error. value instruction deceleration process stop 0 free movement maintain free movement 1 free movement dynamic braking action 2 dynamic braking action maintain free movement 3 dynamic braking action dynamic braking action • sub-index 0x04 sets the longest operation time during the deceleration process of the servo error. Note: For the dynamic braking function, refer to Chapter 5.9. | ||||||||
7.4 6000H Group ---- Standard Drive Objects
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x603F | —— | Error Code | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
| Indicates the error code of the last error that occurred in the drive device. The error codes and description are as below: Error Code Description 0x7500 EtherCAT communication error 0xFF01 Drive Over Current 0xFF02 Drive Over Voltage 0xFF03 Drive Over Temperature 0xFF04 Reserved 0xFF05 Drive Internal Voltage Error 0xFF06 Position Error 0xFF07 Motor Encoder Disconnected 0xFF0A Regen Failed 0xFF0B Safe Torque Off(STO) 0xFF0C Reserved 0xFF0D Bad FPGA 0xFF0E Parameter Read Failed 0xFF0F Motor Encoder Multi-turn Error 0xFF10 Motor Stall Protection 0xFF11 Drive Power Module Over Temperature 0xFF31 N Limit 0xFF32 P Limit 0xFF33 N&P Limit 0xFF34 Current Foldback 0xFF35 Move @ Disabled 0xFF36 Drive Low Voltage 0xFF37 Blank Q Segment 0xFF38 Velocity Limit 0xFF39 Drive Power Phase Lost 0xFF3A Emergency Stop 0xFF3B Abs.Encoder Battery 0xFF3C Abs.Position Lost Warning 0xFF3D Abs Position Overflow 0xFF3E Motor Over Temperature 0xFF3F Drive Voltage Warning 0xFF41 Save Failed 0xFFFF Other Error | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x6040 | —— | Controlword | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~216-1 | 0 | RxPDO |
| Used to control the state transition of the servo drive PDS. The corresponding functions and descriptions of each bit are as follows: bit Name Description 0 Switch on 1: Valid 0: Invalid 1 Enable voltage 1: Valid 0: Invalid 2 Quick stop 0: Valid 1: Invalid 3 Enable operation 1: Valid 0: Invalid 6~4 Operation mode specific Bit unique to each mode 7 Fault reset Fault reset, active on rising edge 8 Halt Bit unique to each mode 9 Operation mode specific Bit unique to each mode 15~10 Reserved Reserved, keep "0" Bits unique to each mode: Control Mode Controlword bit9 bit8 bit6 bit5 bit4 PP Change of set point Halt Abs/rel Change set immediately New set point PV —— Halt —— —— —— TQ —— Halt —— —— —— CSP —— —— —— —— —— CSV —— —— —— —— —— CST —— —— —— —— —— HM —— Halt —— —— Homing operation start Q Program —— Halt —— —— Q program start Notice: 1. The individual assignment of each bit of the control word is meaningless, and must be combined with related bits to form a control instruction. 2. Bit0~bit3 and bit7 have the same meaning in various control modes. The control commands must be sent in order before the drive can enter the expected state according to the CiA402 state machine switching process. Each command corresponds to a unique state. 3. Bit10~bit15 are reserved functions, keep it as "0". | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x6041 | —— | Statusword | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
| Indicates the current state of the FSA, the operation mode and manufacturer specific entities. This object is organized bit-wise, the bits have the following definition: bit Name Description 0 Ready to switch on 1: Valid 0: Invalid 1 Switched on 1: Valid 0: Invalid 2 Operation enabled 1: Valid 0: Invalid 3 Fault 1: Valid 0: Invalid 4 Voltage enabled 1: Valid 0: Invalid 5 Quick stop 0: Valid 1: Invalid 6 Switch on disabled 1: Valid 0: Invalid 7 Warning Reserved, keep‘0’ 8 Reserved Reserved, keep‘0’ 9 Remote 1: Valid 0: Invalid 10 Operation mode specific Bit unique to each mode 11 Internal limit active Indicates that the limit function is working* 1: Valid 0: Invalid 12 Operation mode specific 1: Valid 0: Invalid 15~13 Reserved Reserved, keep "0" *:Limit functions include digital input limit Bits unique to each mode: Control Mode Statusword bit13 bit12 bit10 PP —— Set point acknowledge Target reached PV —— Zero Speed Target reached TQ —— —— Target reached CSP Drive follows the command value Status toggle CSV —— Drive follows the command value Status toggle CST Drive follows the command value Status toggle HM Homing error Homing attained Target reached Q Program —— —— Q program complete Notice: 1. Bit0~bit6 and bit9 have the same meaning in various control modes. 2. Bit7~bit8 and bit13~bit15 are reserved functions and remain as "0". | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x605A | —— | Quick Stop Option Code | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~8 | 2 | NO |
| Indicates what action is performed when the quick stop function is executed. The definition of this object is depended on the control mode. CSP: Value Description Deceleration process Stopped 0 Follow 0x2AB1sub1 1 Immediately stop Follow 0x2AB1sub1 2 Slow down with 0x6085 3 Reserved 4 5 Immediately stop Remain enable status 6 Slow down with 0x6085 7 Reserved 8 TQ/CST: Value Description Deceleration process Stopped 0 Follow 0x2AB1sub1 1 Command torque is cleared immediately Follow 0x2AB1sub1 2 3 Reserved 4 5 Command torque is cleared immediately Remain enable status 6 7 Reserved 8 PP/PV: Value Description Deceleration process Stopped 0 Follow 0x2AB1sub1 1 Slow down with 0x6084 Follow 0x2AB1sub1 2 Slow down with 0x6085 3 Reserved 4 5 Slow down with 0x6084 Remain enable status 6 Slow down with 0x6085 7 Reserved 8 HM: Value Description Deceleration process Stopped 0 Follow 0x2AB1sub1 1 Slow down with 0x609A Follow 0x2AB1sub1 2 Slow down with 0x6085 3 Reserved 4 5 Slow down with 0x609A Remain enable status 6 Slow down with 0x6085 7 Reserved 8 Q Program: Value Description Not execute motion instruction Execute motion instruction Deceleration process Stopped 0 Follow 0x2AB1sub1 According to the motion instruction support control mode Follow 0x2AB1sub1 1 2 3 Reserved 4 5 Remain enable status According to the motion instruction support control mode Remain enable status 6 7 Reserved 8 CSV: Value Description Deceleration process Stopped 0 Follow 0x2AB1sub1 1 Slow down with 0x6085 Follow 0x2AB1sub1 2 3 Reserved 4 5 Slow down with 0x6085 Remain enable status 6 7 Reserved 8 | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x605B | —— | Shutdown Option Code | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~2 | 0 | NO |
| Indicates what action is performed if there is a transition from operation enabled state to switch on state. The definition of this object is depended on the control mode. Refer to 0x605C. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x605C | —— | Disable operation option Code | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~2 | 1 | NO |
| Indicates what action is performed if there is a transition from operation enabled state to switched on state. The definition of this object is depended on the control mode. PP/PV: Value Description Deceleration process Stopped 0 Follow 0x2AB1sub1 1 Slow down with 0x6084 Follow 0x2AB1sub1 2 Slow down with 0x6085 CSV: Value Description Deceleration process Stopped 0 Follow 0x2AB1sub1 1 Command speed is cleared immediately Follow 0x2AB1sub1 2 CSP: Value Description Deceleration process Stopped 0 Follow 0x2AB1sub1 1 Immediately stop Follow 0x2AB1sub1 2 TQ/CST: Value Description Deceleration process Stopped 0 Follow 0x2AB1sub1 1 Command torque is cleared immediately Follow 0x2AB1sub1 2 HM: Value Description Deceleration process Stopped 0 Follow 0x2AB1sub1 1 Slow down with 0x609A Follow 0x2AB1sub1 2 Slow down with 0x6085 Q Program: Value Description Not execute motion instruction Execute motion instruction Deceleration process Stopped 0 Follow 0x2AB1sub1 According to the motion instruction support control mode Follow 0x2AB1sub1 1 2 | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x605D | —— | Halt Option Code | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | NO |
| Indicates what action is performed when the halt function is executed. The definition of this object is depended on the control mode. PP/PV: Value Description Deceleration process Stopped 0 Slow down with 0x6084 Remain enable status 1 Reserved TQ: Value Description Deceleration process Stopped 0 Slow down with 0x6087 Remain enable status 1 Reserved HM: Value Description Deceleration process Stopped 0 Slow down with 0x609A Remain enable status 1 Reserved Q Program: Value Description Not execute motion instruction Execute motion instruction Deceleration process Stopped 0 Remain enable status According to the motion instruction support control mode Remain enable status 1 Reserved | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x605E | —— | Fault Reaction Option Code | RW | INTEGER16 | —— | 0~2 | 2 | NO |
| Indicates what action is performed when fault is detected in the PDS. This function is reserved. The action is defined by 0x2AB1sub3 and sub4. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x6060 | —— | Modes of Operation | RW | INTEGER8 | —— | -1~10 | 0 | RxPDO |
| Indicates the requested operation mode. Abort code is returned if an unsupported control mode is set in SDO communication. The previous control mode will be retained if an unsupported control mode is set in PDO communication. Value Description -1 Q Program(manufacturer specific mode) 0 No mode change or no mode assigned 1 Profile position mode(PP) 3 Profile velocity mode(PV) 4 Profile torque mdoe(TQ) 6 Homing mode(HM) 8 Cyclic synchronous position mode(CSP) 9 Cyclic synchronous velocity mode(CSV) 10 Cyclic synchronous torque mode(CST) | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x6061 | —— | Modes of Operation Display | RO | INTEGER8 | —— | -1~10 | 0 | TxPDO |
| Indicates the actual operation mode. Value Description -1 Q Program(manufacturer specific mode) 0 No mode change or no mode assigned 1 Profile position mode(PP) 3 Profile velocity mode(PV) 4 Profile torque mode(TQ) 6 Homing mode(HM) 8 Cyclic synchronous position mode(CSP) 9 Cyclic synchronous velocity mode(CSV) 10 Cyclic synchronous torque mode(CST) | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x6064 | —— | Position Actual Value | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
| This object shall provide the actual value of the position measurement device. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x606C | —— | Velocity Actual Value | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
| This object shall provide the actual velocity value derived either from the velocity sensor or the position sensor. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x6071 | —— | Target Torque | RW | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | -3000~3000 | 0 | RxPDO |
| This object indicate the configured input value for the torque controller in profile torque and CST mode. 100% correspond to one times the rated torque of the motor. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x6073 | —— | Maximum Current | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 3000 | RxPDO |
| This object indicate the configured maximum permissible torque creating current in the motor in profile torque and CST mode. 100% correspond to one times the rated current of the motor. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x6074 | —— | Torque Demand | RO | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
| This object indicate the output value of the trajectory generator in profile torque mode. 100% correspond to one times the rated torque of the motor. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x6077 | —— | Torque Actual Value | RO | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
| This object shall provide the actual value of the torque. 100% correspond to one times the rated torque of the motor. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x6078 | —— | Current Actual Value | RO | INTEGER16 | 0.1% | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
| This object shall provide the actual value of the current. 100% correspond to one times the rated current of the motor. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x607A | —— | Target Position | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses | -231~231-1 | 0 | RxPDO |
| Indicates the commanded position that the drive will move to in profile position mode. The value of this object can be interpreted as absolute or relative depending on bit6 of the controlword. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x607C | —— | Home Offset | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses | -231~231-1 | 0 | RxPDO |
| Indicates the configured difference between the zero position for the application and the machine home position in the homing mode. During homing, the machine home position is found and once the homing is completed, the zero position is offset from the home position by adding the home offset to the home position. For the homing method from 1 to 35 which is defined in CiA402, during homing, the machine home position is found and stops moving, the current position of the motor 0x6064 is set as the value of 0x607C. For the homing method from -1 to -4 which is defined by manufacturer, during homing, the machine home position is found and continues to move the set home offset distance. After the movement is completed, the current position of the motor 0x6064 is set to 0. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x607D | —— | Software Position Limit | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~2 | 2 | NO | |
| 0x01 | N Software Position Limit | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses | -231~231-1 | 0 | NO | |
| 0x02 | P Software Position Limit | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses | -231~231-1 | 0 | NO | |
| Indicates the configured maximum and minimum position limits. These parameters define the absolute position limits for the position actual value. This function is reserved. • Sub-index 0x01 is used to set the Min software position limit, the position of this value relative to the zero position. • Sub-index 0x02 is used to set the Max software position limit, the position of this value relative to the zero position. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x607E | —— | Polarity | RW | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~1 | 0 | RxPDO |
| Indicates the sign of the position demand value or the velocity demand value. This function is reserved. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x607F | —— | Max Profile Velocity | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 800000 | RxPDO |
| Indicates the configured maximum allowed velicity in either direction during a profiled motion. speed (rpm) = 60 x setpoint pulses per revolution = 60x0x607F 0x2A90 When the actual speed of the motor exceeds this set value, the drive will report an velocity limit fault, the alarm code is 5red 3green. When this value is less than 0.25rpm, the set velocity becomes 0. The maximum velocity can be set to 6000rpm. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x6081 | —— | Profile Velocity | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 50000 | RxPDO |
| Indicates the configured velocity normally attained at the end of the acceleration ramp during a profiled motion.
It is valid for both
directions of motion.
speed (rpm) = | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x6083 | —— | Profile Acceleration | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s² | 0~232-1 | 1000000 | RxPDO |
| Indicates the configured acceleration in both profile position and profile velocity mode. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x6084 | —— | Profile Deceleration | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s² | 0~232-1 | 1000000 | RxPDO |
| Indicates the configured deceleration in both profile position and profile velocity mode. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x6085 | —— | Quick Stop Deceleration | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s² | 0~232-1 | 30000000 | NO |
| Indicates the configured deceleration used to stop the motor when the quick stop function is activated. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x6087 | —— | Torque Slope | RW | UNSIGNED32 | 0.1%/s | 0~232-1 | 0 | RxPDO |
| Indicates the configured rate of change of torque in profile torque mode. The meaning of this parameter value is the increment of the command torque per second relative to the rated torque of the motor. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x6098 | —— | Homing Method | RW | INTEGER8 | —— | -4~35 | 0 | RxPDO |
| Indicates the configured homing method that shall be used. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x6099 | —— | Homing Speeds | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~2 | 2 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Fast Homing Speed | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x02 | Slow Homing Speed | RW | UNSIGNED32 | Pulses/s | 0~232-1 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| Indicates the configured speeds used during homing procedure in homing mode.
• Sub-index 0x01 is used to set the fast homing speed during homing procedure.
• Sub-index 0x02 is used to set the slow homing speed during homing procedure. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Index 0x609A | Sub-index —— | Name Homing Acceleration | Access RW | Data type UNSIGNED32 | Unit Pulses/s² | Value range 0~232-1 | Defaults 0 | PDO RxPDO |
| Indicates the configured acceleration and deceleration to be used during homing procedure in homing mode. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x60B0 | —— | Position Offset | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses | -231~231-1 | 0 | RxPDO |
| Indicates the command position offset of the servo in the CSP mode. This function is reserved. Formula: Target position = 0x607A + 0x60B0 | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x60B1 | —— | Velocity Offset | RW | INTEGER32 | pulses/s | -231~231-1 | 0 | RxPDO |
| Indicates the command velocity offset of the servo in the cyclic synchronous speed mode.This function is reserved. Formula: Target velocity = 0x60FF + 0x60B1 | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x60B2 | —— | Torque Offset | RW | INTEGER32 | 0.1% | -3000~3000 | 0 | RxPDO |
| Indicates the command torque offset of the servo in the CST mode. This function is reserved. Formula: Target torque = 0x6071 + 0x60B2 | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x60B8 | —— | Touch Probe Control | RW | UNSIGNED16 | —— | 0~216-1 | 0 | RxPDO |
| Set the functions of probe 1 and probe 2. The functions of each bit are defined as Bit Function Value Description Bit Function Value Description 0 Touch Probe 1 function enable 0 Switch off touch probe 1 8 Touch Probe 2 function enable 0 Switch off touch probe 2 1 Enable touch probe 1 1 Enable touch probe 2 1 Touch Probe 1 trigger mode 0 Single trigger 9 Touch Probe 2 trigger mode 0 Single trigger 1 Continuous trigger 1 Continuous trigger 2 Touch Probe 1 trigger signal selection 0 X1 signal 10 Touch Probe 2 trigger signal selection 0 X2 signal 1 Z signal 1 Z signal 3 Reserved 0 Reserved 11 Reserved 0 Reserved 1 1 4 Touch Probe 1 rising edge latch 0 Switch off sampling at rising edge of touch probe 1 12 Touch Probe 2 rising edge latchTouch Probe 2 falling edge latch 0 Switch off sampling at rising edge of touch probe 2 1 Enable sampling at rising edge of touch probe 1 1 Enable sampling at rising edge of touch probe 2 5 Touch Probe 1 falling edge latch 0 Switch off sampling at falling edge of touch probe 1 13 Touch Probe 2 falling edge latch 0 Switch off sampling at falling edge of touch probe 2 1 Enable sampling at falling edge of touch probe 1 1 Enable sampling at falling edge of touch probe 2 6 Reserved 0 Reserved 14 Reserved 0 Reserved 1 1 7 Reserved 0 Reserved 15 Reserved 0 Reserved 1 Note: Please refer to Chapter 5.5 for probe function. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x60B9 | —— | Touch Probe Status | RO | UNSIGNED16 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
| The states of probes 1 and probes 2 are described. Bit Function Value Description 0 Touch Probe 1 functional status 0 Touch probe 1 is switched off 1 Touch probe 1 is enabled 1 Touch Probe 1 rising edge latch status 0 Touch probe 1 no rising edge value stored 1 Touch probe 1 rising edge position stored 2 Touch Probe 1 falling edge latch status 0 Touch probe 1 no falling edge value stored 1 Touch probe 1 falling edge position stored 3~7 Reserved 0 Reserved, keep‘0’ 8 Touch Probe 2 functional status 0 Touch probe 2 is switched off 1 Touch probe 2 is enabled 9 Touch Probe 2 rising edge latch status 0 Touch probe 2 no rising edge value stored 1 Touch probe 2 rising edge position stored 10 Touch Probe 2 falling edge latch status 0 Touch probe 2 no falling edge value stored 1 Touch probe 2 falling edge position stored 11~15 Reserved 0 Reserved, keep ‘0’ | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x60BA | —— | Touch Probe 1 rising edge latch position | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
| The driver detects the position of the motor at the rising edge of the probe 1 signal. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x60BB | —— | Touch Probe 1 falling edge latch position | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
| latch position The driver detects the position of the motor at the falling edge of the probe 1 signal. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x60BC | —— | Touch Probe 2 rising edge latch position | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
| The driver detects the position of the motor at the rising edge of the probe 2 signal. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x60BD | —— | Touch Probe 2 falling edge latch position | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
| The driver detects the position of the motor at the falling edge of the probe 2 signal. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x60E0 | —— | Positive Torque Limit Value | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 0 | RxPDO |
| Indicates the configured maximum positive torque in the motor. 100% correspond to one times the rated torque of the motor. Notice: Refer to Chapter 5.6 the torque limit. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x60E1 | —— | Negative Torque Limit Value | RW | UNSIGNED16 | 0.1% | 0~3000 | 0 | RxPDO |
| Indicates the configured maximum negative torque in the motor. 100% correspond to one times the rated torque of the motor. Notice: Refer to Chapter 5.6 the torque limit. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x60F4 | —— | Following Error Actual Value | RO | INTEGER32 | Pulses | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
| This object shall provide the actual value of the position following error. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x60FD | —— | Digital Inputs | RO | UNSIGNED32 | —— | —— | 0 | TxPDO |
| Indicates the state of the digital inputs. This object is organized bit-wise, the bits have the following definition: bit Function Description 0 Negative limit switch 0:Limit signal invalid 1:Limit signal valid 1 Positive limit switch 2 Homing switch 0:Homing signal invalid 1:Homing signal valid 15~3 Reserved Reserved, keep“0” 16 Digital input 1 0:Optocoupler shutdown 1:Optocoupler conduction 17 Digital input 2 18 Digital input 3 19 Digital input 4 20 Digital input 5 21 Digital input 6 31~22 Reserved Reserved, keep“0” | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x60FE | —— | Digital Outputs | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— | —— |
| 0x00 | Number of Entries | RO | UNSIGNED8 | —— | 0~2 | 2 | NO | |
| 0x01 | Physical Outputs | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~232-1 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| 0x02 | Output Mask | RW | UNSIGNED32 | —— | 0~232-1 | 0 | RxPDO | |
| Indicates the state of the digital outputs. • Sub-index 0x01 is used to indicate the state of each digital output. bit Function Description 15~0 Reserved Reserved, keep“0” 16 Digital output 1 0: Optocoupler shutdown 1: Optocoupler conduction 17 Digital output 2 18 Digital output 3 31~19 Reserved Reserved, keep“0” • Sub-index 0x02 is used to mask for the physical outputs. bit Function Description 15~0 Reserved Reserved, keep“0” 16 Digital output 1 0: Disable output(output state will not be changed) 1: Enable output(output state can be changed) 17 Digital output 2 18 Digital output 3 31~19 Reserved Reserved, keep“0” Example: Digital output 1~3 are set to general purpose output, digital output 1 and 3 are controlled by 0x60FE to turn on, and digital output 2 is controlled by 0x60FE to turn off. The specific operation steps are as follows: Step 1: Digital output 1~3 physical output enable, 0x60FE-Sub2=0x000F0000 Step 2: Control the optocoupler of digital output 1 and 3 to turn on, and the optocoupler of digital output 2 to turn off, 0x60FE- Sub1=0x00050000 Notice: 1. When the digital output is set to special function output, the actual physical output state is controlled by the set function output and is not affected by 0x60FE. 2. When using 0x60FE to control the state of the digital output, the digital output needs to be set as a general purpose output. 3. Query 0x2002 for the actual physical output status. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x60FF | —— | Target Velocity | RW | INTEGER32 | Pulses/s | -231~231-1 | 0 | RxPDO |
| Indicates the configured target velocity in profile velocity mode. speed(rpm)= 60 x setpoint x electronic gear ratio Pulses per revolution = 60 x 0x60FF x 0x2A93-Sub1 0x2A90 x 0x2A93-Sub2 When the absolute value of target velocity is less than 0.25rpm, the set velocity becomes 0. The maximum target velocity can be set to 6000rpm. | ||||||||
| Index | Sub-index | Name | Access | Data type | Unit | Value range | Defaults | PDO |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x6502 | —— | Supported Drive Modes | RO | UNSIGNED32 | —— | —— | 2413 | NO |
| This object shall provide information on the suported drive modes. This object is organized bit-wise, the bits have the following definition. 1 = mode is supported 0 = mode is not supported bit Description Value 0 Profile position mode(PP) 1 1 Velocity mode(VI) 0 2 Profile velocity mode(PV) 1 3 Profile torque mode(TQ) 1 4 Reserved 0 5 Homing mode(HM) 1 6 Interpolated position mode(IP) 1 7 Cyclic synchronous position mode(CSP) 0 8 Cyclic synchronous velocity mode(CSV) 1 9 Cyclic synchronous torque mode(CST) 0 15~10 Reserved 0 16 Q program mode(Q) 1 31~17 Reserved 0 | ||||||||
Appendix I:Object Dictionary & Parameters Code Comparison Table
Divided by parameters functions, the MDX+ servo motor has 6 groups of parameters.
| Group | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| P0-XX | PID | Servo gain parameters |
| P1-XX | Configuration | Functional parameters |
| P2-XX | Trajectory | Motion trajectory parameters |
| P3-XX | Encoder & Step/Dir | Encoder and Pulse input or output parameters |
| P4-XX | Analog | Analog input and output parameters |
| P5-XX | I/O | Digital input and output parameters |
P0 Group: PID Gain Settings
| Index | Sub Index | Code | Command | Name | Defaults | Value Range | Unit | Effective |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A50 | Index —— | P0-00 | UM | Tuning Mode Selection | 0 | 0 ~ 2 | —— | Immediately |
| 0x2A51 | —— | P0-01 | LY | Load Type | 0 | 0 ~ 2 | —— | Immediately |
| 0x2A52 | —— | P0-02 | NR | Load Inertia Ratio | 0 | 0 ~ 100 | —— | Immediately |
| 0x2A53 | —— | P0-03 | KG | 1st mechanical Stiffness Level | 5 | 1 ~ 20 | —— | Immediately |
| 0x2A54 | —— | P0-04 | KX | 2nd mechanical Stiffness Level | 5 | 1 ~ 20 | —— | Immediately |
| 0x2A55 | —— | P0-05 | KP | 1st Position Loop Gain | 52 | 0 ~ 20000 | 0.1Hz | Immediately |
| 0x2A57 | —— | P0-07 | KD | 1st Position Loop Derivative Time Constant | 2000 | 0 ~ 30000 | ms | Immediately |
| 0x2A58 | —— | P0-08 | KE | 1st Position Loop Derivative Filter | 20000 | 0 ~ 40000 | 0.1Hz | Immediately |
| 0x2A59 | —— | P0-09 | KL | Velocity Feedforward Gain | 10000 | -30000 ~ 30000 | 0.01% | Immediately |
| 0x2A5A | —— | P0-10 | KR | Velocity Feedforward Filter | 20000 | 0 ~ 40000 | 0.1Hz | Immediately |
| 0x2A5B | —— | P0-11 | KF | 1st Velocity Command Gain | 10000 | -30000 ~ 30000 | 0.01% | Immediately |
| 0x2A5C | —— | P0-12 | VP | 1st Velocity Loop Gain | 183 | 0 ~ 30000 | 0.1Hz | Immediately |
| 0x2A5D | —— | P0-13 | VI | 1st Velocity Loop Integral Time Constant | 189 | 0 ~ 30000 | ms | Immediately |
| 0x2A5E | —— | P0-14 | KK | Acceleration Feedforward Gain | 3000 | 0 ~ 20000 | 0.01% | Immediately |
| 0x2A5F | —— | P0-15 | KT | Acceleration Feedforward Filter | 20000 | 0 ~ 40000 | 0.1Hz | Immediately |
| 0x2A60 | —— | P0-16 | KC | 1st Torque Command Filter | 1099 | 0 ~ 40000 | 01Hz | Immediately |
| 0x2A61 | —— | P0-17 | UP | 2nd Position Loop Gain | 52 | 0 ~ 20000 | 0.1Hz | Immediately |
| 0x2A63 | —— | P0-19 | UD | 2nd Position Loop Derivative Time Constant | 2000 | 0 ~ 30000 | ms | Immediately |
| 0x2A64 | —— | P0-20 | UE | 2nd Position Loop Derivative Filter | 15000 | 0 ~ 40000 | 0.1Hz | Immediately |
| 0x2A65 | —— | P0-21 | UF | 2nd Velocity Command Gain | 10000 | -30000 ~ 30000 | 0.01% | Immediately |
| 0x2A66 | —— | P0-22 | UV | 2nd Velocity Loop Gain | 183 | 0 ~ 30000 | 0.1Hz | Immediately |
| Index | Sub Index | Code | Command | Name | Defaults | Value Range | Unit | Effective |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A67 | Index —— | P0-23 | UG | 2nd Velocity Loop Integral Time Constant | 189 | 0 ~ 30000 | ms | Immediately |
| 0x2A68 | —— | P0-24 | UC | 2nd Torque Command Filter | 1099 | 0 ~ 40000 | 01Hz | Immediately |
| 0x2A6D | —— | P0-25 | XP | Full Closed-loop Position Loop Gain | 52 | 0 ~ 20000 | 0.1Hz | Immediately |
| 0x2A6F | —— | P0-27 | XD | Full Closed-loop Position Loop Derivative Time Constant | 2000 | 0 ~ 30000 | ms | Immediately |
| 0x2A70 | —— | P0-28 | XE | Constant Full Closed-loop Position Loop Derivative Filter | 15000 | 0 ~ 40000 | 0.1Hz | Immediately |
| 0x2A71 | —— | P0-29 | XF | Full Closed-loop Velocity Command Gain | 10000 | -30000 ~ 30000 | 0.01% | Immediately |
| 0x2A72 | —— | P0-30 | XV | Full Closed-loop Velocity Loop Gain | 183 | 0 ~ 30000 | 0.1Hz | Immediately |
| 0x2A73 | —— | P0-31 | XG | Full Closed-loop Velocity Loop Integral Time Constant | 189 | 0 ~ 30000 | ms | Immediately |
| 0x2A74 | —— | P0-32 | XC | Full Closed-loop Torque Command Filter | 1099 | 0 ~ 40000 | 0.1Hz | Immediately |
| 0x2A69 | 0x01 | P0-33 | SD | Automatic Gain Swiching Method | 0 | 0 ~ 4 | —— | Immediately |
| 0x02 | P0-34 | PN | Gain Switch with Position Error Condition Change | 0 | 0 ~ 2147483647 | Pulses | Immediately | |
| 0x03 | P0-35 | VN | Gain Switch with Actual Speed Condition Change | 0 | 0 ~ 100 | rps | Immediately | |
| 0x04 | P0-36 | TN | Gain Switch with Actual Torque Condition Change | 10 | 0 ~ 3000 | 0.1% | Immediately | |
| 0x05 | P0-37 | SE1 | Gain Switching Delay Time 1 | 10 | 0 ~ 10000 | ms | Immediately | |
| 0x06 | P0-38 | SE2 | Gain Switching Delay Time 2 | 10 | 0 ~ 10000 | ms | Immediately | |
| —— | —— | P0-39 | LR | Velocity Feadback Filter | 0 | 0 ~ 3 | —— | Immediately |
P1 Group:Configuration Parameters Setting
| Index | Sub Index | Code | Command | Name | Defaults | Value Range | Unit | Effect |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A30 | Index —— | P1-00 | CM | Main Control Mode | 21 | 1,15,21,26,30 | —— | Immediately |
| 0x2A31 | —— | P1-01 | CN | 2nd Control Mode | 21 | 1,2,7,11,15,21 | —— | Immediately |
| 0x2A32 | —— | P1-02 | PM | Operation Mode When Power-up | 10 | 10 | —— | Restart |
| 0x2A33 | —— | P1-03 | JM | Speed Control Clamp Mode | 2 | 1 ~ 2 | —— | Immediately |
| 0x2A6A | —— | P1-04 | XM | Full Closed-loop Control Switch | 0 | 0 ~ 1 | —— | Immediately |
| P1-05 | GC | Torque Command for Inter- nal Torque Mode | 0 | -3000 ~ 3000 | 0.1% | Immediately | ||
| 0x2A03 | —— | P1-06 | CC | 1st Torque Limit | 3000 | 0 ~ 3000 | 0.1% | Immediately |
| 0x2A18 | —— | P1-07 | CV | Target Torque Value when Torque Value Reached | 0 | 0 ~ 3000 | 0.1% | Immediately |
| 0x2A08 | —— | P1-08 | HC | Torque Limit for Hard Stop Homing | 1000 | 0 ~ 3000 | 0.1% | Immediately |
| 0x2A01 | —— | P1-09 | CL | Current Foldback Continuous Time | 0 | 0 ~ 30000 | ms | Immediately |
| 0x2A02 | —— | P1-10 | LD | Torque Limit Method | 1 | 0 ~ 5 | —— | Immediately |
| 0x2A0A | —— | P1-11 | RN | Rotational Direction Setup | 0 | 0 ~ 1 | —— | Restart |
| 0x2020 | —— | P1-17 | CO | EtherCAT Node ID | 1 | 1 ~ 127 | —— | Restart |
| 0x2022 | —— | P1-18 | CB | EtherCAT Baud Rate | 0 | 0 ~ 7 | —— | Restart |
| 0x2A34 | 0x01 | P1-19 | ZR | Regeneration Resistor Value | 200 | 10 ~ 32000 | Ω | Immediately |
| 0x02 | P1-20 | ZC | Regeneration Resistor Con- tinuous Wattage | 40 | 0 ~ 32000 | W | Immediately | |
| 0x03 | P1-21 | ZT | Regeneration Resistor Time Constant | 1000 | 0 ~ 8000 | ms | Immediately | |
| 0x2A35 | —— | P1-22 | PK | Key Setting Lock | 0 | 0 ~ 1 | —— | Immediately |
| 0x2A36 | —— | P1-23 | DD | LED Default Display | 0 | 0 ~ 20 | —— | Immediately |
| 0x2A37 | —— | P1-24 | MA | Alarm Mask | 4294967295 | 0 ~ 4294967295 | —— | Immediately |
| 0x2A04 | —— | P1-25 | CX | 2nd Torque Limit | 3000 | 0 ~ 3000 | 0.1% | Immediately |
| 0x2A05 | —— | P1-26 | CY | 3rd Torque Limit | 3000 | 0 ~ 3000 | 0.1% | Immediately |
| 0x2A06 | —— | P1-27 | CZ | 4th Torque Limit | 3000 | 0 ~ 3000 | 0.1% | Immediately |
| 0x2A09 | —— | P1-28 | HT | Motor Stall Protection Time | 0 | 0 ~ 30000 | ms | Immediately |
| 0x2AB1 | 0x01 | P1-29 | YV | Dynamic Brake Sequence when Servo Off | 0 | 0 ~ 5 | —— | Immediately |
| 0x03 | P1-30 | YR | Dynamic Brake Sequence when Fault Occurs | 0 | 0 ~ 3 | —— | Immediately | |
| 0x02 | P1-31 | YM | Dynamic Brake Action Time during Deceleration of Servo Off | 500 | 0 ~ 30000 | ms | Immediately | |
| 0x04 | P1-32 | YN | Off Dynamic Brake Action Time during Deceleration when Fault Occurs | 0 | 0 ~ 30000 | ms | Immediately | |
| 0x2AC2 | —— | P1-33 | OT | Fault Occurs Phase Lost Detect Switch | 0 | 0 ~ 1 | —— | Immediately |
| 0x2AC1 | —— | P1-34 | RT | Current Ramp Limit | 1000 | 0 ~ 3000 | 0.1% | Immediately |
P2 Group: Trajectory Parameters Setting
| Index | Sub Index | Code | Command | Name | Defaults | Value Range | Unit | Effect |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x607F | Index —— | P2-00 | VM | Max Velocity | 80 | 0 ~ 100 | rps | Immediately |
| 0x6085 | —— | P2-01 | AM | Max Brake Deceleration | 3000 | 0.167 ~ 5000 | rps/s | Immediately |
| 0x2A42 | —— | P2-02 | JS | Jog Velocity | 10 | -100 ~ 100 | rps | Immediately |
| 0x2A43 | —— | P2-03 | JA | Jog Acceleration | 100 | 0.167 ~ 5000 | rps/s | Immediately |
| 0x2A44 | —— | P2-04 | JL | Jog Deceleration | 100 | 0.167 ~ 5000 | rps/s | Immediately |
| 0x2A4C | —— | P2-05 | JT | Jerk Time | 10 | 0 ~ 125 | ms | Immediately |
| 0x6081 | —— | P2-06 | VE | Point-to-Point Velocity | 10 | 0.0042 ~ 100 | rps | Immediately |
| 0x6083 | —— | P2-07 | AC | Point-to-Point Acceleration | 100 | 0.167 ~ 5000 | rps/s | Immediately |
| 0x6084 | —— | P2-08 | DE | Point-to-Point Deceleration | 100 | 0.167 ~ 5000 | rps/s | Immediately |
| 0x2A45 | —— | P2-09 | VC | Point-to-Point Change Velocity | 2 | 0 ~ 100 | rps | Immediately |
| 0x2A46 | 0x01 | P2-10 | JC1 | Internal Velocity Control: Speed 1 | 2 | -100 ~ 100 | rps | Immediately |
| 0x02 | P2-11 | JC2 | Internal Velocity Control: Speed 2 | 10 | -100 ~ 100 | rps | Immediately | |
| 0x03 | P2-12 | JC3 | Internal Velocity Control: Speed 3 | 20 | -100 ~ 100 | rps | Immediately | |
| 0x04 | P2-13 | JC4 | Internal Velocity Control: Speed 4 | 25 | -100 ~ 100 | rps | Immediately | |
| 0x05 | P2-14 | JC5 | Internal Velocity Control: Speed 5 | 30 | -100 ~ 100 | rps | Immediately | |
| 0x06 | P2-15 | JC6 | Internal Velocity Control: Speed 6 | 35 | -100 ~ 100 | rps | Immediately | |
| 0x07 | P2-16 | JC7 | Internal Velocity Control: Speed 7 | 40 | -100 ~ 100 | rps | Immediately | |
| 0x08 | P2-17 | JC8 | Internal Velocity Control: Speed 8 | 50 | -100 ~ 100 | rps | Immediately | |
| 0x609A | —— | P2-18 | HA1 | Homing Acceleration/De- celeration | 100 | 0.167 ~ 5000 | rps/s | Immediately |
| 0x6099 | 0x01 | P2-24 | HV1 | Homing Velocity 1 | 10 | 0.0042 ~ 100 | rps | Immediately |
| 0x02 | P2-25 | HV2 | Homing Velocity 2 | 1 | 0.0042 ~ 100 | rps | Immediately | |
| 0x607C | —— | P2-27 | HO | Homing Offset | 0 | -2147483647 ~ +2147483647 | pulses | Immediately |
| 0x2A4D | —— | P2-28 | KJ | Jerk Filter | 0 | 0 ~ 1000 | ms | Immediately |
| 0x2A4E | —— | P2-29 | FF | Interpolation Filter | 10 | 0 ~ 125 | ms | Immediately |
| 0x2A47 | —— | P2-30 | VT | Velocity Limit of Torque Control | 80 | 0 ~ 100 | rps | Immediately |
Notes:
The correspondence between the object dictionary and the set values in the parameter table is as follows:
0x2A90 = 60 x 0x609A
0x2A90 Acc./Dec(rpm/s)= 60 x Setting Value Command Pulses per revolution
= 60 x Setting Value
Velocity(rpm)= 60 x Setting Value Command Pulses per revolution
Set Value: Set value in the object dictionary.
P3 Group: Encoder & Input Pulse Parameter Setting
| Index | Sub Index | Code | Command | Name | Defaults | Value Range | Unit | Effect |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A93 | Index 0x01 | P3-00 | EN | Electronic Gear Ratio - Numerator | 32000 | 0 ~ 2147483647 | —— | Immediately |
| 0x02 | P3-01 | EU | Electronic Gear Ratio - De- nominator | 32000 | 0 ~ 2147483647 | —— | Immediately | |
| 0x2A91 | —— | P3-02 | SZ | Pulse Input Noise Filter | 5 | 0 ~ 32000 | 0.1μs | Restart |
| 0x2A92 | —— | P3-03 | PT | Pules Input Setting | 9 | 0 ~ 31 | —— | Restart |
| 0x2AA8 | —— | P3-04 | PF | Position Error Limit | 100000 | 0 ~ 2147483647 | pulses | Immediately |
| 0x2A90 | —— | P3-05 | EG | Command Pulses per revolution | 10000 | 200 ~ 131072 | pulses/rev | Restart |
| 0x2A6C | —— | P3-06 | PV | Second Encoder Direction | 0 | 0 ~ 1 | —— | Immediately |
| 0x2A77 | —— | P3-09 | XT | Hybrid Deviation Clear Setting | 10 | 1 ~ 100 | rev | Immediately |
| 0x2A78 | —— | P3-10 | XO | Hybrid Deviation Fault Threshold | 100000 | 0 ~ 2147483647 | pulses | Immediately |
| 0x2A6B | —— | P3-11 | XR | Second Encoder Resolution | 10000 | 200 ~ 100000 | pulses/mm | Immediately |
| 0x2A9C | 0x04 | P3-15 | ES | Absolute Encoder Usage | 2 | 0 ~ 3 | —— | Restart |
| 0x2A93 | 0x03 | P3-16 | PU | Electronic Gearing Switch | 0 | 0 ~ 1 | —— | Restart |
P4 Group: Analog Parameter Setting
| Index | Sub Index | Code | Command | Name | Defaults | Value Range | Unit | Effect |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A27 | Index 0x05 | P4-01 | AG | Analog Input Velocity Gain | 50 | 0 ~ 100 | rps/10V | Immediately |
| 0x06 | P4-02 | AN | Analog Input Torque Gain | 1000 | 0 ~ 3000 | 0.1% | Immediately | |
| 0x2A22 | 0x02 | P4-03 | AV1 | Analog Input 1 Offset | 0 | -10000 ~ 10000 | mV | Immediately |
| 0x2A23 | 0x02 | P4-04 | AV2 | Analog Input 2 Offset | 0 | -10000 ~ 10000 | mV | Immediately |
| 0x2A22 | 0x01 | P4-05 | AD1 | Analog Input 1 Dead-band | 0 | 0 ~ 255 | mV | Immediately |
| 0x2A23 | 0x01 | P4-06 | AD2 | Analog Input 2 Dead-band | 0 | 0 ~ 255 | mV | Immediately |
| 0x2A22 | 0x03 | P4-07 | AF1 | Analog Input 1 Filter | 1000 | 0 ~ 2000 | 0.1Hz | Immediately |
| 0x2A23 | 0x03 | P4-08 | AF2 | Analog Input 2 Filter | 1000 | 0 ~ 2000 | 0.1Hz | Immediately |
| 0x2A22 | 0x04 | P4-09 | AT1 | Analog Input 1 Threshold | 5000 | -10000 ~ 10000 | mV | Immediately |
| 0x2A23 | 0x04 | P4-10 | AT2 | Analog Input 2 Threshold | 5000 | -10000 ~ 10000 | mV | Immediately |
| 0x2A27 | 0x01 | P4-11 | FA1 | Velocity Limit Setting of Torque Control | 1 | 0 ~ 1 | —— | Immediately |
P5 Group: Digital Input & Output Parameter Setting
| Index | Sub Index | Code | Command | Name | Defaults | Value Range | Unit | Effect |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A20 | Index 0x01 | P5-00 | MU1 | Digital Input 1 Function | 7 | 0 ~ 46 | —— | Immediately |
| 0x02 | P5-01 | MU2 | Digital Input 2 Function | 5 | 0 ~ 46 | —— | Immediately | |
| 0x03 | P5-02 | MU3 | Digital Input 3 Function | 3 | 0 ~ 46 | —— | Immediately | |
| 0x04 | P5-03 | MU4 | Digital Input 4 Function | 0 | 0 ~ 46 | —— | Immediately | |
| 0x05 | P5-04 | MU5 | Digital Input 5 Function | 13 | 0 ~ 46 | —— | Immediately | |
| 0x06 | P5-05 | MU6 | Digital Input 6 Function | 19 | 0 ~ 46 | —— | Immediately | |
| 0x07 | P5-06 | MU7 | Digital Input 7 Function | 0 | 0 ~ 46 | —— | Immediately | |
| 0x08 | P5-07 | MU8 | Digital Input 8 Function | 39 | 0 ~ 46 | —— | Immediately | |
| 0x2A10 | 0x01 | P5-12 | MO1 | Digital Output 1 Function | 23 | 0 ~ 34 | —— | Immediately |
| 0x02 | P5-13 | MO2 | Digital Output 2 Function | 2 | 0 ~ 34 | —— | Immediately | |
| 0x03 | P5-14 | MO3 | Digital Output 3 Function | 9 | 0 ~ 34 | —— | Immediately | |
| 0x04 | P5-15 | MO4 | Digital Output 4 Function | 0 | 0 ~ 34 | —— | Immediately | |
| 0x2A13 | 0x01 | P5-24 | BD | Move Command Delay Time after Brake Release | 200 | 0 ~ 32000 | ms | Immediately |
| 0x02 | P5-25 | BE | Servo-off Delay Time after Brake Engagement | 200 | 0 ~ 32000 | ms | Immediately | |
| 0x2001 | —— | P5-27 | HX | Home Sensor | 8 | 1 ~ 8 | —— | Immediately |
| 0x2A21 | 0x01 | P5-28 | FI1 | Digital Input 1 Filter | 0 | 0 ~ 8000 | ms | Immediately |
| 0x02 | P5-29 | FI2 | Digital Input 2 Filter | 0 | 0 ~ 8000 | ms | Immediately | |
| 0x03 | P5-30 | FI3 | Digital Input 3 Filter | 0 | 0 ~ 8000 | ms | Immediately | |
| 0x04 | P5-31 | FI4 | Digital Input 4 Filter | 0 | 0 ~ 8000 | ms | Immediately | |
| 0x05 | P5-32 | FI5 | Digital Input 5 Filter | 0 | 0 ~ 8000 | ms | Immediately | |
| 0x06 | P5-33 | FI6 | Digital Input 6 Filter | 0 | 0 ~ 8000 | ms | Immediately | |
| 0x07 | P5-34 | FI7 | Digital Input 7 Filter | 0 | 0 ~ 8000 | ms | Immediately | |
| 0x08 | P5-35 | FI8 | Digital Input 8 Filter | 0 | 0 ~ 8000 | ms | Immediately | |
| 0x2A15 | 0x01 | P5-38 | PL | Dynamic Follow Error Threshold | 10 | 0 ~ 2147483647 | pulses | Immediately |
| 0x03 | P5-39 | PD | In-position Output Threshold | 40 | 0 ~ 32000 | pulses | Immediately | |
| 0x02 | P5-40 | PE | Time Constant of Motion Output Condition | 10 | 0 ~ 30000 | ms | Immediately | |
| 0x04 | P5-41 | TT | Pulse Complete Timing | 2 | 0 ~ 20000 | ms | Immediately |
| Index | Sub Index | Code | Command | Name | Defaults | Value Range | Unit | Effect |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x2A16 | Index 0x01 | P5-42 | ZV | Zero Speed Width | 0.5 | 0.1 ~ 2 | rps | Immediately |
| 0x03 | P5-43 | VR | Speed Coincidence Width | 0.1 | 0 ~ 100 | rps | Immediately | |
| 0x02 | P5-44 | VV | Target Value of AT-speed Output | 10 | 0 ~ 100 | rps | Immediately | |
| 0x2A17 | —— | P5-45 | TV | Torque Arrival Width | 10 | 0 ~ 3000 | 0.1% | Immediately |
| 0x2A14 | —— | P5-46 | DG | Near Target Position | 10000 | -2147483647 ~ +2147483647 | pulses | Immediately |
| —— | —— | P5-47 | LP | Positive Software Limit | 0 | -2147483647 ~ +2147483647 | pulses | Immediately |
| —— | —— | P5-48 | LM | Negative Software Limit | 0 | -2147483647 ~ +2147483647 | pulses | Immediately |
| 0x6098 | —— | P5-49 | HE | Homing Method | 1 | -4 ~ 35 | —— | Immediately |
Contact MOONS’
Customer Service Center +86-400-820-9661
MOONS’ Headquarter
Building 7, Lane 88, Minbei Road, Minhang District, Shanghai, 201107,P.R.China
MOONS’ Taicang
No. 18 Yingang Rd, Fuqiao Town, Taicang City Jiangsu Province, 215434, P.R. China
Domestic Office
North America
USA
Beijing Room 1206, Jing Liang Mansion, No.16 Middle Road of East,3rd Ring, Chaoyang District, Beijing 100022, P.R. China
MOONS' INDUSTRIES (AMERICA), INC. (Chicago) 1113 North Prospect Avenue, Itasca, IL 60143, USA
MOONS’ INDUSTRIES (AMERICA), INC. (Boston) 36 Cordage Park Circle, Suite 310 Plymouth, MA 02360, USA
Qingdao Room1913,Scientific and Technological Innovation Builing,Floor19, No.171, ShanDong Road,Shibei District,QingDao, Shangdong Province, 266033, P.R. China
APPLIED MOTION PRODUCTS, INC. (Morgan Hill) 18645 Madrone Parkway. Morgan Hill, CA 95037, USA
LIN ENGINEERING, Inc. (Morgan Hill) 16245 Vineyard Blvd., Morgan Hill, CA 95037, USA
Xi’ an Room 1006, Tower D, Wangzuo International City, No.1 Tangyan Road, Xi’ an, Shanxi Province, 710065, P.R. China
Europe
Wuhan Room 3001, World Trade Tower, No.686 Jiefang Avenue, Jianghan District, Wuhan, Hubei Province, 430022, P.R. China
Germany
AMP & MOONS’ AUTOMATION (GERMANY) GMBH Kaiserhofstr. 15 60313 Frankfurt am Main Germany
Hefei Room 1521, Building B, CBC Tuoji Plaza, Jinggang Road, Shushan District, Hefei, Anhui Province, 230088, P.R. China
Italy
MOONS’ INDUSTRIES (EUROPE) HEAD QUARTER S.R.L. Via Torri Bianche n.1 20871 Vimercate(MB) Italy
Nanjing Room 1101-1102, Building 2, New Town Development Center, No.126 Tianyuan Road , Moling Street, Jiangning District, Jiangsu Province, China, 211106, P.R. China
Switzerland TECHNOSOFT SA Avenue des Alpes 20 CH 2000 Neuchâtel Switzerland
Suzhou Room 1103-1105, North Building 4, Huizu Plaza, 758 Nanhuan East Rd, Gusu District, Suzhou,Jiangsu Province, 215007, P.R. China
U.K MOONS' INDUSTRIES (UK), LIMITED Rooms 4&5, 1st Floor, Greenbank, London Road, Reading, UK. RG1 5AQ
Ningbo Room 309, Tower B, Taifu Plaza, 565 Jiangjia Road,Jiangdong District, Ningbo, Zhejiang Province, 315040, P.R. China
Asia
Chengdu Room 3907, Maoye Plaza, No.19, Dongyu Street, Jinjiang Distrit, Chengdu Sichuan Province, 610066, P.R. China
Singapore
MOONS' INDUSTRIES (SOUTH-EAST ASIA) PTE. LTD. 33 Ubi Avenue 3 #08-23 Vertex Singapore 408868
Chongqing Room 2108, South yuanzhu Buliding 20, No.18 Fuquan Rd., Jiangbei District, Chongqing, 400000, P.R. China
Japan
MOONS' INDUSTRIES JAPAN CO., LTD. Room 602, 6F, Shin Yokohama Koushin Building, 2-12-1, Shin-Yokohama, Kohoku-ku, Yokohama, Kanagawa, Japan 222-0033
Guangzhou Room 4006, Tower B, China Shine Plaza, 9 Linhe Xi Road, Tianhe District, Guangzhou, Guangdong Province, 510610, P.R. China
India
Dongguan Room 1106-1207, Building 5, Linrunzhigu, No.1 RD 5th Rd, Songshan Lake, Dongguan, Guangdong Province, 523000, P.R. China
MOONS' INTELLIGENT MOTION SYSTEM INDIA PVT. LTD. Room. 908, 9th Floor, Amar Business Park, Tal. Haveli, Baner, Pune, India 411045
Shenzhen Room 3901, Building A, Zhongguan Times Square,No 4168 Liuxian Avenue, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, Guangdong Province, 518000, P.R. China
Vietnam
MOONS' VIETNAM MANUFACTURING SITE Factory Cl&Dl, Lot IN3-11 * A, VSIP Hai Phong Industrial Park, Lap Le Ward, Thuy Nguyen City, Hai Phong City, Vietnam.
https://www.moonsindustries.com/ E-mail:ama-info@moons.com.cn
• All the specifications, technical parameters of the products provided in this catalog are for reference only, subject to change without notice. For the latest details, please contact our sales department.